<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<rss version="2.0" xml:base="https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com"  xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/">
<channel>
 <title>Open Encyclopedia of Anthropology - Language</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry-tags/language</link>
 <description></description>
 <language>en</language>
<item>
 <title>Agency</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/agency</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/ritual.jpg?itok=WJb2HFI1&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-media-credits field-type-text-long field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;p&gt;Picture by John Fahy&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/agency&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Agency&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/language&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Language&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/personhood&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Personhood&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/power&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Power&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/ritual&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Ritual&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/self&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Self&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/julia-vorholter&quot;&gt;Julia Vorhölter &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology &lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;12&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Aug &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2024&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24agency&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/24agency&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;In anthropology, agency is broadly defined as the socio-culturally mediated capacity to act. Classically, the concept has been used to analyse how people try to influence, or change, their lifeworlds and how they act within, or even resist, powerful structures. The concept entered anthropological debates in the 1980s and was initially closely connected to practice theory, an approach which sought to understand how individuals actively create society while at the same time are being shaped by it. Consequently, many of the early debates on agency revolved around questions of self-determination, creativity, and resistance. Anthropologists studied, for instance, how people, especially those in seemingly powerless positions, managed to pursue their own projects and to subvert—if subtly—colonial, patriarchal, capitalist, or other forms of domination. However, anthropologists have always been wary of reducing agency to liberal—or ‘western’—notions of personal choice, freedom, and autonomy. Instead, a plethora of ethnographic case studies demonstrate how meanings of agency, including who can exercise it and how it is valued, vary across social, cultural, or historical contexts. In more recent times, anthropologists have also drawn attention to networked, relational, and more-than-human forms of agency such as the agency of spirits, ‘nature’, art, or things. This entry provides an overview of the extensive anthropological debates on agency, noting that most anthropologists working on questions of agency today would agree that the relationship between our intentions, our actions, and their effects on the world is much more complex than the term agency—as popularly understood—suggests.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At least since the 1990s, agency has been a prominent and much-discussed concept in anthropology (e.g. Ahearn 2001; Duranti 1990; Ortner 1984, 1997, 2001). Emerging out of practice theory, agency was frequently imagined as a positive capacity to act within, and even to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resist&lt;/a&gt;, potentially oppressive structures. When people had agency, they could explain and instigate personal, social, and environmental change. When non-human actors had agency, they affected and transformed the environment, societies, or other bodies. In more recent times, anthropologists have become less enthusiastic about the concept for various reasons. Human agency is increasingly regarded as overly destructive and potentially problematic rather than something to be celebrated (see Latour 2014). At the same time there is an increasing realisation that human agency is rather limited, and there is a widespread sense of powerlessness in the face of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21climatechange&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;climate change&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22pandemics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;pandemics&lt;/a&gt;, and war. Responding to these shifts in scholarly debates and the world we live in, anthropologists have begun exploring new—distributed, more-than-human, and relational—forms of agency, or even radical alternatives to hegemonic understandings of agency. These include &#039;patiency&#039; (Mazzarella 2021, see also Schnepel 2009), &#039;non-mastery&#039; (Taussig 2020), &#039;waiting&#039; (Hage 2009), or different forms of passivity such as &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.29164/23silence&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;silence&lt;/a&gt; (Hofmeyr 2009). Such alternative concepts question the imperative to act or ‘do something’ in order to change the world or ourselves. Instead, they attend to other forms of becoming. In Lutheran theology, for instance, the passive receiving of God’s grace is seen as the foundation for any human agency. More broadly, receiving (e.g. a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20gifts&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;gift&lt;/a&gt; or a declaration of love) may not be wholly passive. It can be conceptualised as a form of passivity by which the giver’s action turns the other into a receiver with all the obligations that come with this role (Robbins 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This entry provides an introductory overview of the extensive anthropological debates on agency. Drawing on both classic and more recent &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; texts, it discusses the complex relationship between agency, intention, and effect in fields as varied as politics, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technology&lt;/a&gt;, language, and the body. The main aim is to show how the concept has been used and contested in anthropology and how different understandings of agency are tied to different theoretical positions. More generally, it illustrates the varied ways in which anthropologists have tried to conceptualise the dynamics between agent and world, between creativity and stasis, between responsibility and fate, and between power and resistance.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;At the heart of debates on agency is the question of social change. Why and how do societies change despite their fairly stable and powerful structures, which are based on class, gender, belief, etc. and which are constantly reinforced through socialisation, daily routines, and rituals? Is there such a thing as free will, or are the choices we make always determined by the social and cultural contexts we live in? Long before agency became a fashionable concept in anthropology, philosophers and sociologists debated this so-called ‘structure-agency’ problem. Some social theorists, like Max Weber, posited that unlike &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18animals&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animals&lt;/a&gt; who act out of instinct, humans are capable of conscious, rational decision-making. Others, like Émile Durkheim, cautioned that choices made by individuals are always shaped by social and cultural structures—or, in Durkheim’s terms—by a collective consciousness or &lt;em&gt;conscience collective&lt;/em&gt; (Rapport and Overing 2007, 3-5). Later theorists agreed that both the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduction&lt;/a&gt; and the transformation of societies happens through a dynamic interplay between determining structures and individual intentional actions. However, they disagreed as to whether structures or actions were more important (e.g. Berger and Luckmann 1966, Parsons 1951, Bourdieu 1977). One of the most influential theories, based on the idea that agency and structure are part of an inseparable duality, was developed by sociologist Anthony Giddens. His ‘structuration theory’ is based on the premise that&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style=&quot;margin-left:35.4pt;&quot;&gt;society is the outcome of the consciously applied skills of human agents.[…] While not made by any single person, society is created and recreated afresh, if not ex nihilo, by the participants in every social encounter. The production of society is a skilled performance, sustained and “made to happen” by human beings’ (Giddens 1993, 25).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In anthropology, agency and related research foci emerged comparatively late and only started to gain more traction in the 1980s. In its beginnings, agency was closely associated with ‘practice theory’—an approach that ‘seeks to explain the relationships that obtain between human action, on the one hand, and some global entity which we may call “the system” on the other’ (Ortner 1984, 184; see also Bourdieu 1977, Sahlins, 1981). Practice theory itself emerged out of a dissatisfaction with previous anthropological theories which were either insufficiently interested in questions of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; and societal transformation or did not pay much attention to the actions and intentions of individuals.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To put it crudely, up to the 1980s most anthropologists had studied culture(s) or societies as relatively stable, homogenous, and somewhat ‘objective’ entities (for a more nuanced discussion, see Ortner 1984). Their focus was clearly on the collective and not on the individuals of which it was made up. Some influential theories such as structural functionalism, supported by anthropologist Alfred Radcliffe-Brown, explained social institutions largely as a result of their usefulness for society at large. French structuralism, made famous by Claude Lévi-Strauss, focused on a universal grammar underlying all cultures, while symbolic anthropology, famously developed by Clifford Geertz, understood culture as a set of shared public symbols and meanings. These different, dominant approaches to the study of society were largely ahistorical and were not explicitly concerned with questions of social change. Other approaches were, but assumed ‘that human action and historical process are almost entirely structurally or systemically determined’, and not in any central way driven by ‘real people doing real things’ (Ortner 1984, 144). This charge was levelled against evolutionism and later cultural ecology which saw societies as ‘quasi-organisms’ that evolved through technological and environmental adaptation. It was also made against Victor Turner’s ritual theory, which sought to explain how social integration and solidarity were achieved and maintained despite inherent conflict. Marxism, which viewed society as made up of opposing social forces or ‘modes of production’, was also held to be overly deterministic.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The turn to concepts such as agency, then, signalled a move away from a focus on abstract forces and processes to concrete, often individual, actors and their particular motivations, intentions, and experiences of social life. Questions about agency, including who may or may not ‘have’ agency in a given setting, are therefore closely entangled with questions about personhood and self. They foreground human creativity, aspiration, and desire, as well as power and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethics&lt;/a&gt;. Discussions, definitions, and theories of agency, as the following sections show, vary according to whether an agent is conceptualised as a rational and independent human individual, a subject (i.e. someone who is to some extent determined by social forces or discourses and studied as a member of a particular subject position, for instance, as a woman or as a peasant), or a non-human actant. According to Sheryl Ortner (2001), one can also differentiate between approaches that analyse ‘the agency of intentions’, i.e. how individuals or collectives design, carry out, and give meaning to their life projects, and those that focus on ‘agency as power’, i.e. how individuals or collectives perform or resist domination and oppression.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In everyday parlance, fuelled by widespread &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; doctrines of self-responsibilisation, the notion of agency often evokes the image of a human actor whose intentional actions should produce the intended effects (Gershon 2011). This ‘voluntarist’ notion of agency, i.e. the idea that we are the masters of our own fate and responsible for the outcomes of our actions, has far-reaching implications. It affects, for instance, how contemporary healthcare, welfare, or justice systems are set up in many countries around the world and how people imagine politics more generally. Anthropologists, however, have always emphasised that what people understand by agency, or how they believe they can act in and upon the world, greatly varies across cultural and historical contexts. As the next section shows, they have also cautioned against simply equating agency with human self-determination (e.g. Keane 2003, 2007; Comaroff and Comaroff 1992).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Cultural constructions of agency&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropologists have tended to emphasise that the meanings of agency differ substantially between different social, cultural, or historical contexts. Such differences in meaning can have an immediate effect on how and by whom agency can be exercised and how it is valued. For example, if people believe that God, or spirits, or dead ancestors, are powerful agents, this will affect not only how people &lt;em&gt;explain&lt;/em&gt; their world, but fundamentally shape many aspects of social life itself. One influential way of defining agency is therefore that it is ‘the socio-culturally mediated capacity to act&#039; (Ahearn 2001, 112).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropological studies have often focused on encounters between people with different conceptions of agency, often in highly unequal positions of power, such as in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt;, missionary, or interethnic contexts (e.g. Comaroff and Comaroff 1992, Ortner 2001, Keane 2007, or High 2010). In an &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt; of mountaineering in Nepal, Ortner (1997), for example, details how international mountain climbers, known as &lt;em&gt;sahbs&lt;/em&gt;, can impose their terms and conditions on the Sherpas they employ as climbing assistants. That is because the international mountain climbers hold a privileged social position and greater economic power. However, Ortner convincingly shows that the Sherpa are not only dominated by the mountaineers, but draw on local constructions of agency to give meaning to their actions and to recurring tragic events, like a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18death&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;death&lt;/a&gt; during an expedition. They consider the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; between powerful remote gods, ordinary humans, and harmful demons to make sense of their situation. Ortner claims that over time, Sherpas’ assertions regarding why deaths occur and how they might be prevented, have led to small, but important, changes in mountaineering practices. In her words,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style=&quot;margin-left:35.4pt;&quot;&gt;Sherpa religion constructs cultural notions of power and agency and […] their construction of power and agency allows them to manage lamas, gods, sahbs, and deep personal grief in ways that are (for many) effective’ (Ortner 1997, 158).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Although the meanings people attach to agency in different contexts shape the way people can and do act, beliefs about agency are not always in line with how people try to exert influence on the world. Furthermore, even though there are hegemonic understandings of agency, most people rely on a plurality of models to explain human action and behaviour. For instance, while one can certainly find a strong discourse emphasising self-reliance, self-responsibility, and personal autonomy in the US, this discourse is usually deployed strategically. It is foregrounded when politicians argue for cutting down on welfare costs or when the National Rifle Association lobbies against tighter gun controls, but deemphasised in other situations. In the aftermath of the 1999 Columbine school shooting, for example, US Americans who publicly commented on the shooting almost never assigned unfettered responsibility to the two shooters. Instead they blamed the parents, the school, gun culture, media, or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23mentalhealth&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mental health&lt;/a&gt; for what happened (Strauss 2007). This shows that while voluntarist understandings of agency are widespread and are often uncontested in the United States, there are some contexts, including situations of great social anxiety, in which people draw on alternative cultural models of agency to explain actions and events (Strauss 2007, 822).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As the examples in this section show, agency is to a certain extent culturally constructed—it is shaped by religious beliefs, political and media discourses, but also by what it means to be a person in a given social context. Conceptions of agency will almost certainly vary depending on whether a person is imagined as an individually crafted self or a highly influential and malleable entity, maybe even an interdependent ‘dividual’ who ‘contain(s) a generalized sociality within’ (Strathern 1988, 13). However, even in very specific cultural, linguistic, or historical contexts, meanings of agency and related ideas such as creativity, freedom, and intention are usually plural and dynamic, and they change over time. The latter point, and the related question of &lt;em&gt;how&lt;/em&gt; social/cultural &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduction&lt;/a&gt; and transformation occur, is a central concern in debates on agency and language.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Agency and language&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Contemporary understandings of agency have been influenced by linguistics, notably by speech act theory. The latter proposes that language does not only describe the world, but that it can in fact change it (see Austin 1962 and Searle 1979). When a priest says, ‘I now pronounce you husband and wife’, he does not simply describe what he is doing. Instead, he performs an action with very tangible effects. As John Austin, one of speech act theory’s most influential proponents, put it, ‘When I say, before the registrar or altar, &amp;amp;c., “I do,” I am not reporting on a marriage: I am indulging in it’ (Austin 1962, 6). Following these lines of thinking, most linguistic anthropologists see language as a form of social action, as something that is continually made and remade by its speakers, and as something that, to a certain extent, constructs and creates social reality (Ahearn 2001, 110–1). The interconnections between language and agency have been debated in relationship to different issues. This section focusses mainly on three: the role of intention, the role of linguistic forms like grammar, and the role of discourse. All three issues are related to the larger question regarding how language is reproduced, how it is transformed and, by implication, how it allows for and how it constrains agency.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;How to conceptualise the relationship between agency, intention, and effect is a key concern in any debate on agency. The voluntarist notion of agency, as discussed above, assumes a straightforward relationship between the three: if people want to change aspects of their lives, such as their body, their economic situation, or their health, they can do it. They can intend to do it, engage in the necessary activities, and will likely achieve the desired effects. Other theoretical approaches, however, like actor-network theory (Latour 2005, see below), almost take intention completely out of the equation: they argue that agency is always networked and relational and therefore that things can have agency without having intention. Linguistic anthropologists have engaged with the longstanding debate on intention (Anscombe 2000) perhaps more thoroughly than other sub-disciplines. They have critiqued the proposition of philosopher John Searle (1983) that one can speak of human action only if its effects (i.e. ‘what occurs’, as Searle put it) matches the intention and that therefore unintended happenings, like falling down a flight of stairs, do not strictly speaking count as action (Duranti 2015). Intention, like agency, is socially/culturally embedded: what we want or choose to do, such as the clothes we wear or the food we eat, for example, is strongly influenced by social conventions. More than that, however, linguistic anthropologists have also debated the extent to which different societies assign importance to the intention behind a statement or whether they focus more on the actual consequences of action. In Samoan political and legislative fora, known as &lt;em&gt;fono&lt;/em&gt;, for instance, the participants place emphasis on what a specific type of person in a given social role &lt;em&gt;should&lt;/em&gt; do, or &lt;em&gt;has promised&lt;/em&gt;, rather than speculating about an individual’s intentions or motivations behind their actions or statements. People in specific political or status-based positions, for example, are expected to provide food or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20gifts&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;gifts&lt;/a&gt; irrespective of their current circumstances or desires. And unlike in some cultural contexts, in which reflections about one’s own or others’ thoughts and feelings are common, &lt;em&gt;fono&lt;/em&gt; members usually avoid trying to find individual-speciﬁc psychological explanations in cases where people fail to live up to their duties or promises (Duranti 2015, 67).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;How people can do things with words depends not only on cultural contexts, but also on what and how different languages allow one to speak. Language is one of the most fundamental structures people operate in, frequently constraining and enabling us unconsciously. Often, we only notice how constraining language can be when we want to describe something for which there are no words, when we translate from a different language, or when the rules of speaking change, like when new pathways for more gender-sensitive language are introduced to societies. In these contexts, we do not speak or write automatically, but we carefully reflect before we incorporate the new rules. Different languages allow for different ways of assigning and marking agents and subjects, with far-reaching implications for how agency is understood and how it can be described and encoded. In English, for instance, one can avoid assigning agency by using the passive form. For instance, rather than saying ‘Peter verbally attacked Wendy’, someone who might not want to cast blame on Peter could simply say ‘Wendy was attacked in the discussion’. Different languages have different ways of encoding agency through their grammatical structure—for instance through rules regarding how a subject or object in a sentence are marked and related to each other. In the English sentence ‘the boy broke the window’, there is no visible difference between the subject/agent (‘the boy’) and the object (‘the window’). In Samoan, by contrast, the agent (i.e. the boy) would be marked by a specific proposition (‘e’) whereas the object (i.e. window) would be unmarked (for a more extensive discussion, see Duranti 2004). Linguistic anthropologists have also paid attention to how class, gender, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;, or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnicity&lt;/a&gt; shape how language is uttered and received (Ahearn 2001, 120–4).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Language and how it constructs, or even creates, social ‘reality’ is also a big concern in post-structuralist theories. The latter tend to assume that there is no objective truth and that what we consider ‘reality’ is created through discourses which are shaped by power dynamics and in which meanings are thus inherently unstable (Foucault 1977, 1978). Discourse-oriented approaches frequently lack an explicit theory of agency or concrete agents. Rather, they focus on subjects, and subject-positions that individuals are born into, and which mark their roles and identities in society. Discourses are powerful, but they are not ‘owned’ by anyone and thus also cannot be changed at will. After all, one individual can rarely have a profound influence on how their language is spoken. While individual intentions are recognised, post-structuralist theories, especially those inspired by French social theorist Michel Foucault, focus on the often unintended effects of social practices and the ways individuals cannot escape the subjugating effects of power (Ahearn 2001, 116–7, Ortner 1997, 137–8). For example, our position as political subjects or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizens&lt;/a&gt; is created via the descriptive and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17bureaucracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;bureaucratic&lt;/a&gt; practices of nation-states. They register us at birth and decide whether we should receive passports and social security numbers. Foucault was attuned to such processes of ‘subjectivation’, showing how they exert power over us in subtle ways. Some post-structuralists, perhaps most prominently Judith Butler (1990, 2010), have tried to extend Foucault’s thinking on subjectivation to include a more refined theory of how social change occurs. Butler starts from the assumption that individuals are born into particular—sexed, gendered, or racialised—subject positions; in other words, the body is always already represented. However, the categories used to represent the body, sex for instance, are not naturally given, but discursively constructed and enacted through language. By giving a child a male name based on their genital markers, people ‘make’ the child’s body male, according to Butler. Because bodily markers like sex or skin colour that are chosen to distinguish bodies are to some extent arbitrary, they need to be upheld through constant repetition—or performance. For example, men and women are trained to sit, walk, eat, speak, and think in ways that re-affirm their gender. This makes bodily subjectivation vulnerable and tenuous, because the stability of norms depends on their constant enactment. There is always the possibility that these enactments can fail, leaving room for norms to change or ‘become undone’ (Butler 2004).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In sum, one can learn a lot about agency by looking at language. Language is one of the most fundamental structures that humans are faced with in almost every social situation. While we have control over the words we decide to speak, we are bound by existing vocabulary, grammatical structures, and often embodied conventions of speaking, which—while dynamic and ever-evolving—do not change at any one speaker’s individual will.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Agency as resistance: The feminist dilemma&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The turn to agency in anthropology and other disciplines was in part related to social movements that emerged in the 1960s and 1970s. The anti-war, anti-&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt;, women’s rights, gay rights, and environmental movements showed that society could change drastically and rapidly. This was also made clear by the late twentieth century social upheavals in Europe which culminated in the end of the Soviet Union. As a result of observing or participating in popular protests which were aimed at, and sometimes succeeded in, radically transforming society, academics became interested in developing a more nuanced understanding of transformative social action (Ahearn 2001, 110).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In some of the earlier subaltern and feminist anthropological work, agency tended to be implicitly or explicitly equated with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt;. This ‘romance of resistance’ (Abu-Lughod 1990) however, created several problems, which became most apparent in feminist anthropology. On the one hand, feminist ethnographies rested on the assumption that women across the world were being dominated by patriarchal structures and forms of power. On the other hand, feminist anthropologists felt compelled not to portray women as (mere) victims, but as agents who pushed back against male domination—even if this resistance was subtle or ineffective (for an ‘anthropological classic’ on subtle, everyday forms of resistance see Scott 1985). Bringing these two goals together proved particularly challenging in situations where women pursued projects which did not challenge, or even supported, patriarchal &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt; and orders (Ahearn 2001, 115-6). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In her work on an &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18islam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Islamic&lt;/a&gt; women’s piety movement in Egypt, Saba Mahmood (2005, 2006) grapples with this problem at various levels. As a Pakistan-born scholar, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;post-colonial&lt;/a&gt; thinker, and feminist intellectual, she tries to complexify and challenge key assumptions within feminist theory about freedom, agency, authority, and the human subject. The women she studied, while entering into religious spaces and engaging with theological texts which had hitherto been almost exclusively the purview of men, were deeply committed to Islamic principles that enabled, or even prescribed, their subordination as women. In Mahmood’s words, ‘the very idioms that women use to assert their presence in previously male-defined spheres are also those that secure their subordination’ (2006, 182). The women’s piety movement actively tried to push for moral reforms, advocating, for instance, that women should be veiled and that they should ‘cultivate shyness’ as ways of enacting the norm of female modesty. As such, their propositions were not in line with conventional liberal feminist understandings of emancipation and resistance. Yet the Egyptian women studied by Mahmood were acting as moral and political agents and were committed to particular forms of self-realisation. They stood at odds with&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style=&quot;margin-left:35.4pt;&quot;&gt;a particular notion of human agency in feminist scholarship (that) sharply limits our ability to understand and interrogate the lives of women whose sense of self, projects and aspirations have been shaped by non-liberal traditions’ (Mahmood 2006, 179).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Understanding agency in Egypt’s piety movement meant taking particular historical and cultural contexts into account in which such agency emerges and can be enacted (cf. Lovell 2003). Therefore, ‘agentive capacity’ must be analytically separated from the notion of ‘autonomous will’. Agency may take the form of resisting or challenging norms, but it is also entailed in acts that sustain and reinforce them (Mahmood 2006, 186).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;More recent debates have equally moved beyond simplistic conflations of agency with resistance. In fact, the notion of resistance itself has been challenged and complexified. Alternative concepts—such as refusal (Simpson 2014, see also McGranahan 2016, Weiss 2016) or fugitivity (Campt 2014)—come with their very own theories and understandings of agency and what it means in particular contexts and constellations of power. The North American First Nation Kahnawà:ke Mohawk people, for instance, refuse the very terms and paradigms on which the US and Canadian states recognise their existence as people. Rather than actively resisting or trying to change the persisting settler colonial regime, they outright refuse citizenship, voting rights, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20tax&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tax&lt;/a&gt; paying, or any other logics (‘games’) dictated by a colonial state. Recognising the insurmountable power asymmetries, and ‘in the face of the expectation that they consent to their own elimination as a people […] to having their land taken, their lives controlled, and their stories told for them’ (Simpson 2016, 327f.), the Mohawk build and assert their very own histories, territory, and political order outside of state-governmental control. Their agency thereby far surpasses mere resistance to the state.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Distributed agency: Beyond intention, mastery and humans&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As noted above, in many contemporary societies, under capitalism, and certainly also in world politics, agency is almost inevitably tied to the idea of an autonomous self. Most persons are held to be capable of making choices and entitled to rights and self-identification. This is particularly evident in current debates on gender, where individuals call for the right to negotiate whether they want to be identified as man, woman, trans, or otherwise, rather than passively accepting social ascriptions based on sex markers (Garrison 2018; Commissioner for Human Rights 2009). People also increasingly want to choose to change their body in the hope of finding ‘a more suitable and fitting gendered space and belonging’ (Sanders et al. 2023, 1064). Ideas of an autonomous self also underly other aspects of identity politics such as the so-called ‘war on fat’ (Greenhalgh 2015). Both sides—those people who ‘fat-shame’ others and blame them for making unhealthy life-choices &lt;em&gt;and&lt;/em&gt; those ‘body positive supporters’ who argue for everyone’s right to choose their own body and, importantly, how it should be perceived—use strongly voluntarist arguments (Rose Spratt 2023).&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn1&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;Thereby, both sides largely ignore the socio-economic and political aspects that shape people’s bodies (e.g. the food industry, advertising, or poverty and inequality) as well as the bodily and biosocial factors which contribute to, or result from, obesity (e.g. metabolic processes, food &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20addiction&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;addiction&lt;/a&gt;, illness). Voluntarists care little about factors that go beyond an individual’s personal choice. However, research on people who undergo bariatric surgery, for example, complicates the distinction between active and passive subjects and instead shows the complex, networked forms of agency that are involved in signifying and treating obesity. While surgery may partially relieve patients of the difficult task of losing weight by simply changing their eating or exercising behaviour, the changed body calls for, and enables, new forms of self-care which are necessary for maintaining weight loss (Vogel 2018). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Especially in many so-called Western countries, the ideas that everyone is the master of their own fate and identity, and that humans control nature and their own bodies, are widespread and can be traced back to the philosophy of René Descartes. Cartesian thinking, and Enlightenment thought more generally, replaced the idea that God was in charge of life on Earth with beliefs in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;science&lt;/a&gt;, rationality, and human mastery (Latour 2014, Mazzarella 2021, Taussig 2020). However, this is not a straightforward genealogy: Marxist or psychoanalytic perspectives, for instance, offer radically different perspectives on self-control and the ability to make ‘conscious’ or rational choices. Furthermore, current discourses on identity and self-management are closely linked to much more recent &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; theories, policies, and ideologies (Gershon 2011). While it appears that people today have extended their control over fundamental matters of life—and even &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18death&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;death&lt;/a&gt; (Kaufman 2006, Solomon 2022, 147–73) —anthropologists have found more complex ways to conceptualise agency in such contexts. They think of it as relational, distributed, or more-than-human. Ideas of relational and non-human agency have long existed in many parts of the world and have informed past and present systems of knowledge, including African philosophy and psychology (Okeja 2015, Adjei 2019), &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19anim&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animism&lt;/a&gt; (Chen 2012), and Indigenous epistemologies (TallBear 2011). Now these notions are being ‘rediscovered’ in many current ethnographies (see below).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Early anthropological theories of relational, ‘distributed’, or networked agency draw heavily on the science of control and communication known as cybernetics, which claims that individual, society, and ecosystem are all part of one supreme system—what anthropologist Gregory Bateson (2000) referred to as ‘Mind’. This systemic and distributed Mind is very different from the notion of an individual &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21mind&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mind&lt;/a&gt;, self, or consciousness, in that it has the capacity to produce information and respond to it in a self-corrective way. The idea of distributed agency was developed in contrast to occidental epistemology and its inherent fallacies of purposive thinking, rationalism, and control, deemed to be a threat to the networked nature of Mind and to the cybernetic system itself. Bateson’s (2000) ideas have recently experienced a great revival and have been taken up by anthropologists and others, particularly in debates on whether we live in a time of man-made planetary change known as the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19anthro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Anthropocene&lt;/a&gt; (e.g. Hylland Eriksen 2023). The climate, for instance, can be considered a form of thought or ‘thinking system’ which profoundly shapes ecosystems and social orders (Knox 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another influential early anthropological theory on relational or ‘mediated’ agency and networked ‘intentionalities’ focused on the agency of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;art&lt;/a&gt; and proposed that art objects have the capacity to exert power over viewers or users (Gell 1992, 1998). Art objects, according to Alfred Gell’s theory, are about ‘doing’ more than they are about meaning, communication, or aesthetics. Embedded in networks of social relations, they have the power to influence and effect change in the world. Art, for instance, can enchant the viewer, affect them emotionally, and thereby implicate them in larger networks of social relations. The agency of art works especially through abduction, i.e. a type of non-deductive inference. Based on their encounter with a particular material object, viewers or users make assumptions about the intention of its producers. Thereby, the object creates and mediates social &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; and forms of agency (Gell 1992, 1998 drawing on linguist Charles Peirce).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The most prominent ‘theory’ on networked agency to date, however, is actor-network theory (ANT) which in anthropology is mostly associated with the writings of Bruno Latour (1999a, 1999b, 2005). ANT pays attention to the agency of both human and non-human actors and complicates the distinction between active and passive subjects. Its central premise is that everything exists relationally, and that non-human beings, objects, and ideas are just as important in creating particular social situations as humans. Latour gives the example of a man and a gun who both become changed through their encounter. He writes,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style=&quot;margin-left:35.4pt;&quot;&gt;You are different with the gun in your hand; the gun is different with you holding it. You are another subject because you hold the gun; the gun is another object because it has entered into a relationship with you (1999b, 179–80).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Latour thus tries to complexify the idea that it is either ‘guns’ or ‘people’ who kill, when in fact actions like killing someone always involve a plurality of agents. Agency, in this sense, is thus not necessarily intentional; it is a source of action and effect whereby the material and the discursive are closely intertwined and the ‘responsibility for action must be shared among the various actants’ (Latour 1999b, 180). This has implications for our understandings of human autonomy. As Latour puts it,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p style=&quot;margin-left:35pt;&quot;&gt;To be a subject is not to act autonomously in front of an objective background, but to share agency with other subjects that have also lost their autonomy. It is because we are now confronted with those subjects – or rather quasi-subjects – that we have to shift away from dreams of mastery as well as from the threat of being fully naturalized (2014, 5).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Notions of relational, networked, or distributed agency have been taken up in many different fields of anthropological study (for a good overview see Enfield and Kockelman 2017). Some draw explicitly on Bateson, Gell, or Latour, while others build on more recent concepts such as ‘entanglement’ (Barad 2007), ‘vibrant matter’ (Bennett 2010) or ‘non-mastery’ (Taussig 2020) which emphasise that humans are inseparably entangled with, rather than being in control of, powerful non-human life and material worlds. Especially in the fields of new materialism, environmental and multispecies anthropology, recent ethnographies explore almost endless forms of non-human agency. These include the agency of waves (Helmreich 2023), algorithms (Siles 2023), robots (Aronsson and Flynn 2021), oil plants (Chao 2022), dogs (Haraway 2007), or spirits (Blanes and Santo 2013) which in various ways haunt, inform, affect, engage, or transform local and global lifeworlds (for a critique of these ‘posthumanist’ theories of agency, see Hornborg 2019).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A good ‘everyday’ example to which one can apply ideas of networked agency and non-mastery is sleep (see e.g. Vorhölter 2023). Sleep poses curious challenges for human agency, as it cannot be easily controlled. Everybody does it all the time, and yet no one can really produce it at will. Once it has ‘chosen to arrive’, sleep is unstoppable. But often, people desperately wait for it—and it doesn’t come. Attaining sleep is a strange mix of acting and non-acting, a form of active surrender—but one that cannot always be willingly achieved. Sleep has a paradoxical relationship to intention: the more one actively tries to sleep, the less possible it becomes. Contemporary sleep science reveals the complex interplay of various bodily, cerebral, and social processes that constitute sleep (see e.g. Stickgold and Walker 2009). While some of these can be consciously controlled (like the decision to lie down or close one’s eyes), others cannot. They simply happen, like changes in brain waves, body temperature, or muscle tone. Intermediary agents, like alcohol or sleeping pills, can assist in the process, but they too depend on other, less controllable, agents such as hormones and neurotransmitters to achieve sleep. In sleep, then, agency seems to be truly distributed. It is the achievement of a complex metabolism with no ‘subject’ in control.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While sleep is a very personal example, the desire people have to control it and the powerlessness they experience when control fails, is emblematic of larger political processes. In particular, the challenges raised by the Anthropocene call for radically new ways of thinking about agency—which recognise the active role of nonhumans, including the Earth, and which complexify the agency-intention-effect triad—as Latour (2014) powerfully argued.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion: Beyond agency&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As this entry shows, agency has been extensively discussed in anthropology over the last four decades. Interest in the concept peaked in the 1990s and early 2000s when it was taken up in theories and fields as varied as post-structuralism, actor-network theory, and linguistic anthropology. Despite anthropologists’ attempts to promote a nuanced understanding of agency and what it implies in different social, historical, and theoretical contexts, agency is still most commonly associated with liberal notions of personal choice, freedom, and autonomy. Due to this narrow, but dominant, understanding of the term, many anthropologists have criticised the usefulness of the concept and have proposed alternative terms or concepts which draw attention to specific forms of social action. This is not just a theoretical move, but also a critique of the contemporary moment where ‘agency is imagined as the human capacity without which ethical life, understood as the capacity to do this or to do that, would be impossible’ (Mazzarella 2021, 7). According to this ‘ethics of agency’, the ideal citizen strives for action and self-determination. By contrast, various forms of subtle action and inaction which allow oneself to be acted upon by others, such as waiting, pausing, staying silent, giving in, or yielding, are often perceived as shameful, cowardly, or even as failure.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While William Mazzarella and others have proposed concepts like ‘patiency’ or passivity to imagine possible other, i.e. non-agentic, ways of being in the world, it is highly unlikely that these will replace agency and related questions and debates in anthropology anytime soon. More and more debates in anthropology are moving away from individual and power/&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt;-centred notions of agency towards relational and distributed understandings of the term. Rather than being centrally concerned with questions of self, structure, intention, or control, such conceptualisations are much more tied up with concepts like the ‘biosocial’, the ‘post-human’, and the ‘affective’. Whether in the field of politics, body-mind, or ecology, most anthropologists working on questions of agency today would agree that the relationship between our intentions and actions, and their effects on the world, is much more complex than the term agency—as popularly understood—suggests. One major impact of the ongoing theoretical debates, then, has been to change our empirical gaze and encourage us to read agency differently as we analyse social phenomena across an ever-growing range of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; contexts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Abu-Lughod, Lila. 1990. “The romance of resistance: Tracing transformations of power through Bedouin women.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 17, no. 1: 41–55. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.jstor.org/stable/645251&quot; onclick=&quot;window.open(this.href, &#039;&#039;, &#039;resizable=no,status=no,location=no,toolbar=no,menubar=no,fullscreen=no,scrollbars=no,dependent=no&#039;); return false;&quot;&gt;https://www.jstor.org/stable/645251&lt;/a&gt;. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Adjei, S.B. 2019. “Conceptualising personhood, agency, and morality for African psychology.” &lt;em&gt;Theory &amp;amp; Psychology&lt;/em&gt; 29, no. 4: 484–505. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/0959354319857473&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/0959354319857473&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ahearn, Laura. 2001. “Language and agency.” &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 30: 109–37. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.anthro.30.1.109&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.anthro.30.1.109&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anscombe, Getrude. 2000. &lt;em&gt;Intention&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Aronsson, Anne, and Fynn Holm. 2021. “Conceptualizing robotic agency: Social robots in elder care in contemporary Japan.” &lt;em&gt;Relations Beyond Anthropocentrism&lt;/em&gt; 8, nos. 1–2: 17–35.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Austin, John. 1962. &lt;em&gt;How to do things with words&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Clarendon Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barad, Karen. 2007. &lt;em&gt;Meeting the universe halfway: Quantum physics and the entanglement of matter and meaning&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bateson, Gregory. 2000. &lt;em&gt;Steps to an ecology of mind&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.                                                                                                 &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bennett, Jane. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Vibrant matter: A political ecology of things&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Berger, Peter, and Thomas Luckmann. 1966. &lt;em&gt;The social construction of reality: A treatise in the sociology of knowledge&lt;/em&gt;. Garden City: Anchor Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Blanes, Ruy and Diana Espírito Santo, eds. 2013. &lt;em&gt;The social life of spirits&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bourdieu, Pierre. 1977. &lt;em&gt;Outline of a theory of practice&lt;/em&gt;. London: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Butler, Judith. 1990. &lt;em&gt;Gender trouble: Feminism and the subversion of identity&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Undoing gender&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2010. “Performative agency.” &lt;em&gt;Journal of Cultural Economy&lt;/em&gt; 3, no. 2: 147–61.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Campt, Tina. 2014. “Black feminist futures and the practice of fugitivity.” Helen Pond McIntyre ’48 Lecture, Barnard College. &lt;a href=&quot;http://bcrw.barnard.edu/blog/black-feminist-futures-and-the-practice-of-fugitivity&quot;&gt;http://bcrw.barnard.edu/blog/black-feminist-futures-and-the-practice-of-fugitivity&lt;/a&gt;  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chao, Sophie. 2022. &lt;em&gt;In the shadow of the palms: More-than-human becomings in West Papua&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chen, Mel. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Animacies: Biopolitics, racial mattering, and queer affect&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Comaroff, John, and Jean Comaroff. 1992. &lt;em&gt;Ethnography and the historical imagination&lt;/em&gt;. Boulder: Westview Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Commissioner for Human Rights. 2009. Human rights and gender identity. Issue Paper.  &lt;a href=&quot;https://rm.coe.int/human-rights-and-gender-identity-issue-paper-commissioned-and-publishe/16806da753&quot;&gt;https://rm.coe.int/human-rights-and-gender-identity-issue-paper-commissioned-and-publishe/16806da753&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Duranti, Alessandro. 1990. “Politics and grammar: Agency in Samoan political discourse.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 17, no. 4: 36–56. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.jstor.org/stable/645706&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;https://www.jstor.org/stable/645706&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Agency in language&lt;/em&gt;. Edited by Alessandro Duranti. Malden: Blackwell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2015. &lt;em&gt;The anthropology of intentions: Language in a world of others&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Enfield, N.J., and Paul Kockelman, eds. 2017. &lt;em&gt;Distributed agency&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Foucault, Michel. 1977. &lt;em&gt;Discipline and punish: The birth of the prison&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Pantheon.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1978. &lt;em&gt;The history of sexuality&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Pantheon.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Garrison, Spencer. 2018. “On the limits of ‘trans enough’: Authenticating trans identity narratives.” &lt;em&gt;Gender and Society&lt;/em&gt; 32, no. 5: 613–37.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gell, Alfred. 1992. “The technology of enchantment and the enchantment of technology.” In &lt;em&gt;Anthropology, art and aesthetics&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Jeremy Coote and Anthony Shelton, 40–63. Oxford: Clarendon Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1998. &lt;em&gt;Art and agency&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Clarendon Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gershon, Illona. 2011. “Neoliberal agency.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 52, no. 4: 537–55. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1086/660866&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1086/660866&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Giddens, Anthony. 1984. &lt;em&gt;The constitution of society: Outline of the theory of structuration&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1993. &lt;em&gt;New rules of sociological method: A positive critique of interpretative sociologies&lt;/em&gt;. 2&lt;sup&gt;nd&lt;/sup&gt; edition. Cambridge: Polity Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Greenhalgh, Susan. 2015. “Fat: Provocation.” &lt;em&gt;Fieldsights: Theorizing the Contemporary&lt;/em&gt;, April 6. &lt;a href=&quot;https://culanth.org/fieldsights/fat-provocation&quot;&gt;https://culanth.org/fieldsights/fat-provocation&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hage, Ghassan. 2009. “Waiting out the crisis: On stuckedness and governmentality.” In &lt;em&gt;Waiting&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Ghassan Hage, 97–107. Melbourne: Melbourne University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Harraway, Donna. 2007. &lt;em&gt;When species meet&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Helmreich, Stefan. 2023. &lt;em&gt;A book of waves&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;High, Casey. 2010. “Warriors, hunters, and Bruce Lee: Gendered agency and the transformation of Amazonian masculinity.” &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist&lt;/em&gt; 37, no. 4: 753–70.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hofmeyr, Benda. 2009. &lt;em&gt;Radical passivity: Rethinking ethical agency in Levinas&lt;/em&gt;. Dordrecht: Springer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hornborg, Alf. 2019. &lt;em&gt;Nature, society, and justice in the Anthropocene: Unraveling the money-energy-technology complex&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hylland Eriksen, Thomas. 2023. “Threats to diversity in the shadow of Anthropocene overheating: A biosemiotic perspective.” &lt;em&gt;kritisk etnografi&lt;/em&gt; – &lt;em&gt;Swedish Journal of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 6, no. 1: 9–22.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kaufman, Sharon. 2006. &lt;em&gt;And a time to die: How American hospitals shape the end of life&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Keane, Webb. 2003. “Self-interpretation, agency, and the objects of anthropology: Reflections on a genealogy.” &lt;em&gt;Comparative Studies in Society and History&lt;/em&gt; 45, no. 2: 222–48. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1017/S0010417503000124&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1017/S0010417503000124&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2007. &lt;em&gt;Christian moderns: Freedom and fetish in the mission encounter&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Knox, Hannah. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Thinking like a climate: Governing a city in times of environmental change&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Latour, Bruno. 1999a. “On recalling ANT.” &lt;em&gt;The Sociological Review&lt;/em&gt; 47, no. 1: 15–25.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1999b. &lt;em&gt;Pandora’s hope: Essays on the reality of science studies&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Reassembling the social: An introduction to Actor-Network-Theory&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2014. “Agency at the time of the Anthropocene.” &lt;em&gt;New Literary History&lt;/em&gt; 45, no. 1: 1–18.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lovell, Terry. 2003. “Resisting with authority: Historical specificity, agency and the performative self.” &lt;em&gt;Theory, Culture and Society&lt;/em&gt; 20, no. 1: 1–17.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mahmood, Saba. 2005. &lt;em&gt;The politics of piety: The Islamic Revival and the feminist subject&lt;/em&gt;. Princeton: Princeton University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2006. “Agency, performativity, and the feminist subject.” In &lt;em&gt;Bodily citations: Religionists engage with Judith Butler&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Ellen Armour, 11–45. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mazzarella, William. 2021. “On patiency, or, don’t just do something, stand there.” &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.academia.edu/42891875/On_Patiency_or_Dont_Just_Do_Something_Stand_There&quot;&gt;https://www.academia.edu/42891875/On_Patiency_or_Dont_Just_Do_Something_Stand_There&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;McGranahan, Caroline. 2016. “Theorizing refusal: An introduction.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 31, no. 3: 319–25.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Okeja, Uchenna. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Deliberative agency: A study in modern African political philosophy&lt;/em&gt;. Indianapolis: Indiana University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ortner, Sherry B. 1984. “Theory in anthropology since the Sixties.” &lt;em&gt;Comparative Studies in Society and History&lt;/em&gt; 26, no. 1: 126–66.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1997. “Thick resistance: Death and the cultural construction of agency in Himalayan mountaineering.” In &lt;em&gt;The fate of “culture”: Geertz and beyond&lt;/em&gt;, edited by Sherry B. Ortner, 136–63. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2001. “Specifying agency: The Comaroffs and their critics.” &lt;em&gt;Universality, Ethics and International Relations&lt;/em&gt; 3, no. 1: 76–84. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1080/13698010020027038&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1080/13698010020027038&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Parsons, Talcott. 1951. &lt;em&gt;The social system&lt;/em&gt;. New York: The Free Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rapport, Nigel, and Joanna Overing. 2007. &lt;em&gt;Social and cultural anthropology: The key concepts&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Robbins, Joel. 2020. “Passivity, agency, the gift, and God.” In &lt;em&gt;Theology and the anthropology of Christian life&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rose Spratt, Tanisha J. 2023. “Understanding ‘fat shaming’ in a neoliberal era: Performativity, healthism and the UK’s ‘obesity epidemic.’” &lt;em&gt;Feminist Theory&lt;/em&gt; 24, no. 1: 86–101. &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1177/14647001211048300.&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1177/14647001211048300.&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sahlins, Marshall. 1981. &lt;em&gt;Historical metaphors and mythical realities: Structure in the early history of the Sandwich Islands kingdom&lt;/em&gt;. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sanders, Tait, Carol Plessis, Amy B. Mullens and Anette Brömdal. 2023. “Navigating detransition borders: An exploration of social media narratives.” &lt;em&gt;Archives of Sexual Behavior&lt;/em&gt; 52, no. 3: 1061–72.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Schnepel, Burkhard. 2009. “Zur Dialektik von agency und patiency.” &lt;em&gt;Paragrana&lt;/em&gt; 18, no. 2: 15–22.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scott, James. 1985. &lt;em&gt;Weapons of the weak: Everyday forms of resistance&lt;/em&gt;. New Haven: Yale University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Searle, John. 1979. &lt;em&gt;Expression and meaning: Studies in the theory of speech acts&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 1983. &lt;em&gt;Intentionality: An essay in the philosophy of mind&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Siles, Ignacio. 2023. &lt;em&gt;Living with algorithms: Agency and user culture in Costa Rica&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: MIT Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Simpson, Audra. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Mohawk interruptus: Political life across the borders of settler states&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———. 2016. “Consent’s revenge.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 31, no. 3: 326–33.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Solomon, Harris. 2022. &lt;em&gt;Lifelines: The traffic of trauma&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stickgold, Robert, and Matthew Walker, eds. 2009. &lt;em&gt;The neuroscience of sleep&lt;/em&gt;. London: Elsevier.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Strathern, Marilyn. 1988. &lt;em&gt;The gender of the gift: Problems with women and problems in society in Melanesia&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Strauss, Claudia. 2007. “Blaming for Columbine: Conceptions of agency in the contemporary United States.” &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 48, no. 6: 807–32.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;TallBear, Kim. 2011. “Why interspecies thinking needs Indigenous standpoints.” &lt;em&gt;Fieldsights: Theorizing the Contemporary, &lt;/em&gt;November 18. &lt;a href=&quot;https://culanth.org/fieldsights/why-interspecies-thinking-needs-indigenous-standpoints&quot;&gt;https://culanth.org/fieldsights/why-interspecies-thinking-needs-indigenous-standpoints&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Taussig, Michael. 2020. &lt;em&gt;Mastery of non-mastery in the age of meltdown&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University of Chicago Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Vogel, Else. 2018. “Operating on the self: Transforming agency through obesity surgery and treatment.” &lt;em&gt;Sociology Health Illness&lt;/em&gt; 40, no. 3: 208–522.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Vorhölter, Julia. 2023. “Sleeping with strangers: Techno-intimacy and side-affects in a German sleep lab.” &lt;em&gt;Historical Social Research&lt;/em&gt; 48, no. 2: 23–40.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Weiss, Erica. 2016. “Refusal as act, refusal as abstention.” &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; 31, no. 3: 351–58.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Julia Vorhölter is senior research fellow at the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology. She has previously conducted fieldwork in Uganda on topics including perceptions of socio-cultural change, humanitarian interventions, gender and generational relations, and psychotherapy. Her current research focuses on experiences, assessments, and treatments of (disordered) sleep in Germany. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;hr align=&quot;left&quot; size=&quot;1&quot; width=&quot;33%&quot; /&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn1&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref1&quot; name=&quot;_ftn1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; Mull, Amanda. 2018. “Body positivity is a scam: How a movement intended to lift up women really just limits their acceptable emotions. Again.” &lt;em&gt;Vox&lt;/em&gt;, June 5. &lt;a href=&quot;https://www.vox.com/2018/6/5/17236212/body-positivity-scam-dove-campaign-ads&quot;&gt;https://www.vox.com/2018/6/5/17236212/body-positivity-scam-dove-campaign-ad&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-editor field-type-entityreference field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Editor:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;Rachel Cantave&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Mon, 12 Aug 2024 09:46:42 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">2036 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Literacy</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/literacy</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/literacy.jpg?itok=pHvXDfuk&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/cognition&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Cognition&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/digital-worlds&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Digital Worlds&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/education&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Education&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/language&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Language&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/multimodality&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Multimodality&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/semiotics&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Semiotics&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/mark-turin&quot;&gt;Mark Turin&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/robert-hanks&quot;&gt;Robert Hanks&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;University of British Columbia&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;2&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Dec &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2021&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21literacy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/21literacy&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Literacy is a linguistic innovation characterised by the encoding and decoding of language into a system of visual signs whose relevance to daily life in most societies cannot be overstated. Understood to be both a technology and a social practice, literacy has been the subject of anthropological inquiry since the late nineteenth century, with protracted debates about its effects on human consciousness and social life. This entry tracks the development of literacy as a concept.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Initially dominated by technologically deterministic assertions that literacy was a tool for sociocultural and cognitive development, anthropology would later embrace the more culturally relativistic perspective advanced by the New Literacy Studies movement of the 1980s and 1990s. This movement sought to understand how cultural logics and norms informed the development of localised literacy practices, thus creating variations of ‘literacies’ which were themselves embedded within ideologies and structures of power relations. Coming to recognise the marginalising power of standardised literacy, anthropology turned its attention to education.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;i&gt;Anthropologists and educators have become partners in research dedicated to developing pedagogical practices that draw upon the unique linguistic resources and practices that students bring with them into the classroom to cultivate inclusivity and empowerment. The increasing prevalence of digital technologies in all aspects of daily life have challenged earlier notions of literacy, inspiring anthropologists to investigate how people draw upon multiple modalities to encode and decode meaning, thereby fundamentally reshaping our understanding of what it means to ‘read and write’.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2 id=&quot;h2ref-0&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Literacy is such a central part of most people’s everyday lives that its ubiquity can be taken for granted. Scholars have highlighted how, for many of us, literacy represents an essential pathway to development and personal liberation that has the power to cure almost any social ill (Bialostok &amp;amp; Whitman 2006: 382-3; Street 1997: 49; Ong 2012). Literacy is often presented as an ability with such transformative potential that becoming literate leads to a fundamental redefinition of an individual’s identity (Riemer 2008; Ahearn 2004). However, there are communities for whom literacy can be a less integral, sometimes even inappropriate, means for documenting and communicating language (Debenport 2015). In circumventing the constraints of the written word, such communities seek alternative ways of transmitting ideas, both orally and through other technologies (Finnegan 2012; Turin &lt;i&gt;et al.&lt;/i&gt; 2013). Considering the perceived centrality of literacy to most contemporary human societies, and its continued absence from others, how has anthropology contributed to a cross-cultural understanding of literacy?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Broadly defined as both a technology and a social practice, literacy has been characterised as communication through an invented system of visually decoded signs, rather than by oral or gestural modes (Besnier 1999: 141). As an area of interest, literacy has figured prominently in anthropological inquiry since the discipline’s inception, as scholars sought to make sense of what the ability to read and write &lt;i&gt;means&lt;/i&gt; for us. While studies have included exploring the origins, use, and transmission of different writing systems, the central question remains: does giving a tangible form to the most fundamental aspect of humanity, namely our capacity for language, transform how we think about, perceive, and process the world around us? In essence, does literacy change who we are as humans? Understanding this has become all the more relevant as the rapid transition from analogue to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18digital&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;digital&lt;/a&gt; technologies further complicates how people engage with the written word, and thus reshapes our sense of what it means to be literate (Jewitt 2006; Wolf 2017).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In this entry, we track the progression of literacy through different eras of anthropological theory. Early interpretations treated literacy as a lens for analyses at the societal level, a framework that saw writing systems as a means for differentiating between cultures and their imagined evolutionary, cognitive, and socioeconomic development, which thus helped to frame literacy as an autonomous technology independent of its social contexts (Morgan 1878: 3, 11). While this position has softened over the years, the crucial link between literacy and consciousness was maintained as scholars emphasised the intrinsic benefits that a literate &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21mind&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mind&lt;/a&gt; offered individuals and the societies in which they lived (Goody &amp;amp; Watt 1963; Ong 2012).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beginning in the 1980s, anthropologists began to reflect on the sociocultural underpinnings of literacy practices, with the scale of analysis narrowing to focus on local specificity and variation (Scribner &amp;amp; Cole 1981). Strict definitions of ‘literacy’ and what it meant to be ‘literate’ were shown to be implicated in the hegemonic ideologies that structure our societies and determine our &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt;, and have given way to more nuanced understandings (Bialostok &amp;amp; Whitman 2006; Street 1997; Blommaert 2008). This newer movement in literacy studies situated literacy’s power to marginalise and sought to re-evaluate the diversity of written language in ways that challenged normative assumptions prevalent in earlier models. Insights generated by a sociocultural approach to literacy have motivated anthropologists to work with educators to make pedagogical literacy practices more inclusive and empowering for students (Street 1997; Hornberger 2003). The increasing centrality of digital technologies in all aspects of daily life (Horst &amp;amp; Miller 2012) has led to a re-scoping of what it means to read and write, with traditional definitions of literacy becoming less relevant to understanding the emergent meaning-making processes of digital texts.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;h2ref-0&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Literacy and pre-literature&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the discipline’s early years, anthropologists took so-called ‘primitive’ peoples as their subjects of inquiry to expand their understandings of humanity (Mandelbaum 1955: 213; Hsu 1964: 169).&lt;b&gt; &lt;/b&gt;Broadly applied to peoples living beyond the cultural and political ‘West’, the term ‘primitive’ invoked a Hobbesian image of primordial humanity that contrasted with the presumed cultural, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt;, and linguistic sophistication of the societies from which anthropologists hailed (Faris 1925: 711; Hsu 1964: 169). While the term ‘primitive’ was used extensively by prominent anthropological theorists at the time, objections quickly arose due to its analytical ambiguity and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racist&lt;/a&gt; implications of superiority and inferiority (Faris 1925: 711; Hsu 1964: 173). In response, and on account of their apparent objectivity and perceived greater &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; precision, the terms ‘non-literate’ or ‘pre-literate’ arose as alternatives to the ‘primitive’/ ‘civilised’ opposition.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Unlike primitivity, ‘literacy’ was considered to carry less awkward baggage, being an attainable state of socioeconomic and cognitive development rather than an essential and inherent condition. Those who had not yet learned to read could be identified as ‘non-literate’ or ‘pre-literate’, only because written literature had not been introduced or developed in their societies (Faris 1925: 711-2; Hsu 1964: 169). However, the use of ‘non-literate’ or ‘pre-literate’ also assumed that literacy and orality were mutually exclusive (Dickinson 1994: 320) and presented literacy as the first step towards greater civilisation and sophistication (Faris 1925: 712). The essence of the connection between literacy and civilisation derived from a belief that written language had an inevitable impact on how people understood, interpreted, and made sense of the world around them.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As twentieth century scholars became increasingly interested in understanding how language might shape thought and culture (Whorf 1952; Lévi-Strauss 1966), the physical form of written language came to be seen as more than a simple representation of speech, and rather a unique form of language in its own right (Brockmeier &amp;amp; Olson 2009: 5, 8). While earlier assumptions ascribed a ‘prelogical’ cognitive state to ‘primitive’ peoples, a notion assuming that such communities were completely uninterested in abstract thinking and focused solely on ensuring their basic needs of survival (Lévy-Bruhl 2018; Brockmeier &amp;amp; Olson 2009: 10), Claude Lévi-Strauss demonstrated how both literate and oral peoples engage in the rational ordering of the world, albeit from quite different perspectives (1966: 269). Oral peoples were presented as reasoning with a ‘mythical thought’ pattern that was ‘entangled in imagery’, while literate peoples could reason at a ‘concrete’ level that was detached from perception and imagination (Lévi-Strauss 2001: 11-2; Lévi-Strauss 1966: 15, 20, 22).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Drawing from linguistic theory, Lévi-Strauss posited that the key difference between literate and oral thought processes was the capacity of the literate &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21mind&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mind&lt;/a&gt; to distinguish between signs and the signified, thus being able to explore the relationship between images and the concepts they represent (Lévi-Strauss 1966: 18, 21). This perspective continues into the present with cognitive scientists like David Olson asserting that literacy leads to a meta-awareness of language that allows for an objectified and decontextualised understanding of concepts (2017: 239). Writing, having the capacity to lift words (signs and concepts) out of context, transforms them into objects that can be scrutinised and categorised on their own without attachment to a particular image or signification (Olson 2017: 241). In this way, the rationality of the literate mind has been compared to that of an engineer looking for ways to think beyond cultural and categorical constraints by critically focusing on its constituent elements, whereas the oral mind was theorised as only capable of rearranging, and never thinking beyond, the categories it was given (Lévi-Strauss 1966: 19).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While ‘literature’ is generally used to refer only to cultural expressions with written form, there is no compelling reason to treat the verbal &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;art&lt;/a&gt; of oral societies as fundamentally different to written traditions: oral literatures simply exist at one end of the spectrum of literary types (Finnegan 2012: 20, 27; Turin &lt;i&gt;et al.&lt;/i&gt; 2013). A bias towards the written word combined with the tendency of anthropologists to record and transcode oral traditions into textual form (Turin 2014) has resulted in the misrepresentation of oral literatures as simply verbatim transmissions of narratives across generations, and further contributes to the belief that such traditions are cruder than written literature (Finnegan 2012: 15-6). In reality, the difference between written and oral literature is the mode of transmission: oral literatures are more dependent on live (and increasingly online) performances and are therefore characterised by greater variability as performers improvise and innovate, often in active dialogue with their audience (Finnegan 2012: 10-2). In contrast to the unchanging physical form of written texts which can be transmitted unaltered across time and space (albeit subject to much reinterpretation), the composition and dissemination of oral literature—much like music and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25dance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dance&lt;/a&gt;—is dependent upon and inextricably linked to the performative context (Finnegan 2012: 4-5, 14). While this difference in tangibility has led to academic and popular assumptions regarding the supposed objectivity and verifiability of written historical narratives, Michel-Rolph Trouillot (2015) critiques such perspectives as holding a positivist bias that fails to account for how power enters into the process of constructing historical narratives. This results in conceptions of history that present a ‘fixed past’, whereas the ‘truth’ of history is actually intimately tied to the present even in the case of written records.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;h2ref-0&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Working through the dichotomies: primitive/civilised and oral/literate&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Early anthropologists like Lewis Henry Morgan (1878) suggested that writing gave a permanence to language that was fundamental for understanding a particular society’s thought processes and its capacity for development. For late nineteenth to mid-twentieth century anthropologists, literacy represented a necessary precondition for a culture to be considered a ‘Civilization’ within the monodirectional and evolutionary logic that served to organise all societies (Morgan 1878: 3, 11; Hsu 1964: 169; Akinnaso 1981: 180). While scholars would later criticise their predecessors for assuming radical cognitive differences between literate and oral peoples, many anthropologists nevertheless felt comfortable asserting that written language had a deterministic influence on an individual’s analytical processes and capacities (Goody &amp;amp; Watt 1963: 321; Ong 2012: 8-9).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This position is known as the ‘universalist’ or ‘autonomous’ model of literacy. It understands writing to be a technology reliant on generalised skills and language practices that in turn impact an individual’s linguistic, cultural, and cognitive potential (Collins 1995: 75; Akinnaso 1981: 187; Ong 2012: 77-8, 81). Some observers, like Walter Ong, travelled far with this perspective, asserting that writing is an inevitable, even ‘absolutely necessary’, technology for the development of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;science&lt;/a&gt;, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt;, and philosophy; a precondition for nuanced understandings of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;art&lt;/a&gt; and language without which humans will not achieve their full cognitive potential (2012: 14-5).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;According to this logic, and given their lack of written records, oral societies were presumed to be homeostatic, that is, internally and perpetually stable, operating with a model of cultural transmission incapable of distinguishing between history and myth, past and present. Literate societies, on the other hand, could draw on written records and were thus positioned to make objective distinctions between ‘what was and what is’ (Goody &amp;amp; Watt 1963: 308, 310-1; Ong 2012: 8; Faris 1925: 712). In this conceptualisation, literacy was a means for expanding a society’s capacity for rational and abstract thought (Langlois 2006: 18; Akinnaso 1981: 164; Ong 2012: 102) and if properly harnessed, could catalyse socioeconomic and cognitive development (Collin 2013: 29; Akinnaso 1981: 164, 169).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Research on oral literature has challenged the prevailing and myopic assumptions in the autonomous model of literacy. Comparative research shows that technologies like writing are better conceptualised as shaping, rather than determining, our collective and individual recollections (Martindale &lt;i&gt;et al.&lt;/i&gt; 2018: 198; Scribner &amp;amp; Cole 1981). Archaeological evidence, for example, corroborates thousands of years of layered histories as recorded in the oral narratives of Tsimshian people in British Columbia, Canada, while members of the Thangmi community in Nepal disrupt the presumed path of orality to literacy by incorporating &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18digital&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;digital&lt;/a&gt; technologies as part of their techniques of recording oral history (Martindale &lt;i&gt;et al.&lt;/i&gt; 2018: 199-200, 202). The centrality of oral performances to the recitation of origin myths by ritual practitioners is internalised by members of the Thangmi community who view orality as a source of strength and as essential to their &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnic&lt;/a&gt; identity (Shneiderman 2015: 64, 82-3). As a consequence, writing down the oral performances of Thangmi ritual practitioners can be seen as undermining the very feature that makes these narratives identifiably Thangmi (Shneiderman 2015: 83, 87). Alternative technologies, such as audio and video, present a more desirable means of documenting and transmitting oral narratives for practitioners who thereby retain control over the message, with multimedia helping to emphasise distinctiveness and variation, avoiding the pitfalls of standardisation through the mediation of the written word (Shneiderman 2015: 64, 87, 96).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Christine Helliwell’s work in a Borneo Dayak community further demonstrates the diverse understandings encoded in oral literature by contrasting two distinct narrative genres, the &lt;i&gt;sensangan &lt;/i&gt;and the &lt;i&gt;cerito Nosi&lt;/i&gt; (2012: 52). Both of these genres are considered high prestige art forms of storytelling and recount epic poems of great heroes, often taking many hours to complete. Despite this general similarity, they differ in a number of significant ways: the &lt;i&gt;sensangan &lt;/i&gt;are a corpus of tales about the culture-hero and trickster &lt;i&gt;Koling&lt;/i&gt; that are each narrated as a slow song with a drum accompaniment, whereas &lt;i&gt;cerito Nosi&lt;/i&gt; are standalone stories chanted quickly without any accompanying instruments (Helliwell 2012: 54, 57). The different pacing and styles by which these two distinct genres are performed affect how the audience experiences and interprets their content. The slow pace of the &lt;i&gt;sensangan &lt;/i&gt;allows for the content to be discussed by the audience as it is performed, while the rapid chanting of the &lt;i&gt;cerito Nosi&lt;/i&gt; necessitates focussed attention. In contrast to theories that present oral societies as incapable of distinguishing between myth and history, the unique performative styles of these genres illustrate important differences in how their content is interpreted, impacting the level of truth attributed to the stories by the audiences (Helliwell 2012: 53, 60)&lt;i&gt;.&lt;/i&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Robin Wall Kimmerer (2013) challenges the assumed necessity of written language for scientific knowledge with a description of the Onondaga Nation’s Thanksgiving Address. This ancient practice of expressing gratitude to the environment speaks to the relationship that the Onondaga Nation has to the natural world (Kimmerer 2013: 107-8, 111). As speakers name and thank each species in turn for their roles in sustaining the environment, the structure of the Thanksgiving Address serves as a scientific inventory of ecological information, ‘a lesson in Native science’ that unifies the speaker and audience in a collective reflection on the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethic&lt;/a&gt; of responsibility towards the land (Kimmerer 2013: 108, 110, 115). Crucially, much of the power of the Thanksgiving Address comes from its oral performance which, in contrast to a written document that may be skimmed, requires the audience to actively participate for the duration of its lengthy recitation and creates the space to contemplate one’s relationship to the environment (Kimmerer 2013: 110). Kimmerer asserts that Indigenous knowledge practices like the Thanksgiving Address can complement Western science’s focus on matter by interweaving Indigenous understandings of respect and gratitude, and by positioning ecological restoration as a return to reciprocal &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; between humans and the environment (2013: 257, 263).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In short, while some communities may not have a long history of written texts, this does not imply that their histories and perspectives are solely confined to the present (Martindale &lt;i&gt;et al.&lt;/i&gt; 2018: 205). Moreover, the assertion of the autonomous model that literacy results in improved rationality remains questionable when considering how real-time, &lt;i&gt;in vivo &lt;/i&gt;oral performances allow for audience members to challenge and seek clarification from performers (Finnegan 2012: 14). This is no new realisation: Socrates himself identified that an inherent flaw of written language was its inflexibility. Seen in this light, the written word can hinder deeper understanding because a reader cannot challenge or seek clarification from a text. By definition, written words just keep repeating themselves (Wolf 2017: 76; Plato 2002).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Even though evolutionary theories of literacy fell out of fashion and remain unsupported by &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; evidence, literacy has continued to be used to distinguish between human cultures (Goody &amp;amp; Watt 1963: 321; Akinnaso 1981: 164). In particular, the imagined capacity for social organisation, socioeconomic growth, and cognitive development that some acquaint with literacy continue to situate the terms ‘non-literate’, ‘pre-literate’, or ‘oral’ alongside a reduced level of technological development in ways that are unfortunate (Berndt 1960: 64; Akinnaso 1981: 164). While not connected to the earlier evolutionary theories, the technological determinism implicit in the autonomous model of literacy assumes negative consequences for both cognition and society in the absence of literacy. Furthermore, the standards by which certain language practices are recognised as constituting ‘literacy’ must be considered in light of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; histories that have informed those very standards.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As part of the colonial project, languages were historically equated with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;, with non-European languages and their speakers categorised as inferior to Europeans and their language practices (Rosa &amp;amp; Flores 2017: 623-4). These racio-linguistic ideologies continue today in forms such as ‘standardised languages’ which can legitimate the language practices of White speakers by positioning their language practices as the ‘norm’ or ‘ideal’ to be used in written texts (Rosa 2016: 163, 165; Baker-Bell 2020), thus devaluing and discounting the diversity of reading and writing practices that exist outside of this narrow standard (Rosa 2019: 187-8). For this, the autonomous model of literacy has been critiqued as merely replacing one racist and evolutionary dichotomy (primitive/civilised) with another: preliterate/literate or oral/literate (Akinnaso 1981: 164; Langlois 2006: 16-7; Collin 2013: 29-30).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;h2ref-0&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Literacy as a sociocultural practice&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From the 1980s, anthropologists grew dissatisfied with the essentialising dichotomies that had characterised mid-twentieth century theories and that posited a ‘great divide’ between societies. Such simplistic binaries failed to explain the complexity and rationality present in oral societies (Collin 2013: 30; Bialostok &amp;amp; Whitman 2006: 382), not to mention the many varied ways in which oral and written language are used (Stephens 2000: 11; Dickinson 1994). In response, scholars shifted their inquiries from broad societal-level analyses to the local and granular, proposing a sociocultural model in which literacy was better understood as a collective activity with varied potentials dependent upon how a particular community incorporated writing into their processes (Collin 2013: 30; Street 2013: 54). Referred to as ‘New Literacy Studies’ (NLS), this movement made use of more &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; approaches and embraced a cultural understanding of literacy as a practice embedded within, and defined by, institutional settings and everyday life (Collins 1995: 80-1; Stephens 2000: 10).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In addition, NLS rejected the idea that writing was no more than a general skillset easily transposable onto different contexts. For example, the ubiquity of keyboard writing in certain societies has meant that ‘computer literacy’ has supplanted analogue forms of literacy practices to such an extent that being ‘computer illiterate’ is seen as equivalent to being illiterate (Blommaert 2008: 5). NLS proposes a relativistic, dynamic, and situated model that recognises diverse forms of ‘literacies’ embedded within particular cultural contexts, norms, and discourses. These vary across time and space and are tied to how individuals construct their identities&lt;b&gt; &lt;/b&gt;(Collins 1995: 75-6; Street 1997: 48; Riemer 2008: 444).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;NLS is therefore understood to advocate a culturally relativistic approach (Collin 2013: 32), with aligned research demonstrating how textual practices are influenced by cultural logics and beliefs (Riemer 2008), such as the use of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19magic&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;magical&lt;/a&gt; writing in Ecuador as means of critiquing state power (Wogan 2004), or the strict norms regulating the creation and dissemination of textual documents to preserve community secrecy in a New Mexico Pueblo community (Debenport 2015). The NLS approach has encouraged anthropologists to reflect on how their own level of literacy in the ‘texts’ of the communities with whom they work may affect their interpretations. Researchers often ‘normatively reorganize’ texts, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23silence&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;silencing&lt;/a&gt; the original author’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voice&lt;/a&gt; (Blommaert 2008: 10-1), while in other cases have little or no reading ability in the predominant written language of the communities with whom they work, calling into question the kinds of knowledge represented in anthropologist’s publications (Allen 1992; Ortner 1992).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A key element of NLS is the realisation that literacy functions as an ideology, and that the uses, meanings, definitions of, and efforts to control literacy policies are embedded within wider &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; of power (Street 1997: 48; Wogan 2003: 66; Blommaert 2008: 6). Determinist assumptions inherent in the autonomous model of literacy cultivated a conviction within development organisations that literacy was a panacea for all social ills, leading to the entanglement of literacy programs with free-market &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; capitalism (Street 1997: 49; Bialostok &amp;amp; Whitman 2006: 384). Targeting Indigenous peoples and other marginalised populations, development-minded literacy programs remain tethered to earlier missionary activities which sought to ‘civilise’ non-Western peoples through education and religious conversion (Bialostok &amp;amp; Whitman 2006: 382-3; Wogan 2004: 62-4; Besnier 1995).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Literacy interventions across the Global South during the mid-twentieth century, while distinct from the ethnocentric drive of missionary literacy programs, nevertheless upheld &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; ideologies through a ‘liberal paternalism’ that identified literacy as the path to progress and modernity (Bialostok &amp;amp; Whitman 2006: 383). In such thinking, literacy was a mechanism for &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;moral&lt;/a&gt; transformation, constituting new subjectivities in the context of modern capitalist states, with schools serving as key institutional sites for integrating individuals into the nation (Collins 1995: 82; Riemer 2008: 450). ‘Schooled literacy’, that is, standardised writing practices as transmitted in educational settings, replaced diverse literacies that were present in other social spheres (Collins 1995: 82). These diverse literacies might have included the reading of religious texts for ritual purposes, the use of books in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20child&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;children’s&lt;/a&gt; play (such as word &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19games&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;games&lt;/a&gt; and puzzles), or reading stories aloud in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;home&lt;/a&gt; (De la Piedra 2009: 116, 121; O’Neil 2007: 172). María Teresa De la Piedra’s research on the multiple forms of ‘hybrid literacy practices’ that coexist within the rural Urpipata community in Peru demonstrates that the replacement of alternative literacies with schooled literacy is not necessarily total; individuals continue to mix and appropriate Quechua and Spanish literacy for use in different contexts and to fulfil their own purposes (2009: 110, 112–3).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jan Blommaert (2008) classifies alternative literacies under the umbrella term ‘grassroots literacy’, which he applies to a broad range of ‘non-elite’ literacy practices. These forms of writing deviate from standardised norms of spelling and speech and can usually only be interpreted within a local context (Blommaert 2008: 7, 193). Graffiti is an example of a grassroots literacy in which reading and decoding a script is only accessible to other graffiti writers (Blommaert 2008: 193). Some scholars consider schooled literacy to be part of an elite-led movement against grassroots literacies, seeking to establish a particular literacy standard as foundational for &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizenship&lt;/a&gt; and the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;moral&lt;/a&gt; order, contributing to the problematic use of the term ‘officially literate’ as a necessary requirement to access social standing (Collins 1995: 82-3; Erickson 1984: 525; Rosa 2019; Baker-Bell 2020).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Laura Ahearn (2004) and Frances Riemer (2008) examine the effects of development-minded literacy programs in Nepal and Botswana. In Junigau, Nepal, Ahearn studied women’s newly acquired literacy skills in the 1990s in the context of the writing of love-letters and suggested that a growth in romantic elopements indicated that learning to write love-letters impacted how villagers conceptualised their &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24agency&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;agency&lt;/a&gt; (2004: 306). In Ahearn’s analysis, the dominant discourses of Nepali society encouraged a moral connection between the acquisition of literacy skills and increased development, capitalism, independence, and agency (2004: 309, 311). However, in connecting literacy to a belief that romantic love was integral to modern life (Ahearn 2004: 308, 312), development-minded literacy education in Junigau may have inadvertently resulted in women’s disempowerment, as those who chose to elope often lost the support of their natal families. Demonstrating how women who later faced difficulties in their marriage had few options, Ahearn challenges an instrumental view that positions literacy as a necessarily positive capacity that inevitably leads to greater empowerment (2004: 313).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Riemer’s research into the meanings ascribed to literacy in Botswana demonstrates that while adult learners may frame their path to literacy as coming to see ‘the light’, the greater sense of personal empowerment they experience as a result also leads to their increased participation in the modern global capitalist system (2008: 449-50, 458). Riemer describes a cultural model in which strong associations exist between literacy, education, and moral transformation, and the acquisition of literacy skills through schooling involves reconstructing one’s identity to be a full member of a modern community (2008: 451-2). Aside from the technical skills associated with literacy, the transformed sense of self produced through school-based literacy programs further situated these new readers in a nexus of discursive power relations constructed by ideologies of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;, Christian morality, and political economy (Riemer 2008: 456-8). In this analysis, the desire for literacy—and the sense of personal empowerment that students feel—can be read as a ‘discipline’ in the Foucauldian sense in which literacy generates compliance and functions as a tool for assimilation (Riemer 2008: 458).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;h2ref-0&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;An anthropology of literacy education&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The aversion to generalisation that informs NLS’s descriptivist approach to literacy limits its effectiveness as a scalable educational model, running the risk of generating little more than collected anecdotes about diverse forms of literacies (Besnier 1999: 141; Stephens 2000: 19). While acknowledging the importance of contextuality to literacy, Kate Stephens argues that some aspects of literacy skills development are not context-specific and can indeed be generalised, and that there is educational value in understanding how writing can be &lt;i&gt;re&lt;/i&gt;contextualised and interpreted across time and space (2000: 12-3). Furthermore, while superior cognitive processing is not necessarily a consequence of being literate, there is increasing evidence indicating that literacy does support &lt;i&gt;cognitive potentialities&lt;/i&gt; that cultivate skills like metalinguistic knowledge: that is, knowledge &lt;i&gt;about&lt;/i&gt; language that may be impossible to harness without the linguistic objectification associated with literacy (Stephens 2000: 14, 16-7; Wolf 2017; Olson 1977; Olson 1994). A ‘literacy for education’ approach can balance the action-oriented concerns of educators with a greater anthropological recognition of context by offering language instruction for specific contexts and purposes (Stephens 2000: 20-1). So managed, the problem of shoehorning strict definitions of literacy into a narrow standard can be offset by expanding the range of practices that qualify as ‘literate’, thus diversifying the writing contexts for which students are prepared (Akinnaso 1981: 167; Street 2013: 60).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;H. Samy Alim &lt;i&gt;et al.&lt;/i&gt;’s (2011) examination of Hip Hop literacies offers an example of how the cultural relativism of NLS can mesh with the development of effective pedagogical models. While the Black English language used in Hip Hop has been criticised as ‘illiterate’, scholars point out that the grammatical prescriptivism of ‘standard English’ is itself artistically limiting and an example of linguistic &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racism&lt;/a&gt; that devalues the language and literacy practices of marginalised communities (Alim &lt;i&gt;et al&lt;/i&gt;. 2011: 121; Baker-Bell 2020: 15-6). Recognising the normalising power of ‘schooled literacy’ in defining standards of educability (Collins 1995: 83; Erickson 1984: 531; Rosa &amp;amp; Flores 2017: 626-7), Alim &lt;i&gt;et al.&lt;/i&gt; advocate for literacy education that locates its goals within the lived realities of its students by making it ‘ILL’, namely: &lt;i&gt;Intimate&lt;/i&gt;, &lt;i&gt;Lived&lt;/i&gt;, and &lt;i&gt;Liberatory&lt;/i&gt; (2011: 134). Through Hip Hop, young people introduce their own cultural standards and prioritise ‘ill-legitimate’ &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22art&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;artistic&lt;/a&gt; creativity, challenging dominant ideals of correctness by defining their textual practices as &lt;i&gt;ill&lt;/i&gt;, or skilled (Alim &lt;i&gt;et al.&lt;/i&gt; 2011: 122).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;‘Ill-literacy studies’ helps to frame American educational institutions as &lt;i&gt;illiterate&lt;/i&gt; on account of their inability to decode the culturally rich and linguistically complicated experiences of their students. This institutional illiteracy results in schools failing to take advantage of the range of opportunities for true learning (Alim &lt;i&gt;et al.&lt;/i&gt; 2011: 122, 132). Drawing on NLS, which situates literacies within the politics of unequal power &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt;, identity formation, and state authority in modern capitalist nation-states (Alim &lt;i&gt;et al.&lt;/i&gt; 2011: 133; Collins 1995: 81-2), ill-literacy studies redefines ‘being literate’ as a capacity to critique dominant ideologies and reclaim one’s own &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voice&lt;/a&gt; from the constraints of institutional structures and practices (Alim &lt;i&gt;et al.&lt;/i&gt; 2011: 133).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pedagogical strategies such as Alim &lt;i&gt;et al.&lt;/i&gt;’s (2011) ill-literacy studies align with what April Baker-Bell calls ‘Antiracist Black Language Pedagogy’, which provide students with the opportunity to learn about and through Black English, thereby educating them into a ‘Black Linguistic Consciousness’ that can heal the traumas of ‘Anti-Black Linguistic Racism’ while simultaneously nurturing their language abilities (2020: 8, 34). Critical pedagogies of this type are crucial as they enable students and educators to see past the narrow-minded binary of the ‘street’ versus the ‘school’ that forces students’ identities, communicative repertoires, and literacy skills into contradictory categories that &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduce&lt;/a&gt; problematic hierarchies (Rosa 2019: 207-8). In this re-framing, students are not marginalised minorities but rather complicated individuals capable of giving voice to their lived realities through the use of ill-literate texts, without necessarily shunning the acquisition of traditional literacy skills (Alim &lt;i&gt;et al&lt;/i&gt;. 2011: 134, 136, 140). So viewed, ill-literate pedagogies help to nurture &lt;i&gt;metaliteracy&lt;/i&gt; and greater awareness in learners, uplifting their social consciousness beyond dominant ideologies of language and identity (Alim &lt;i&gt;et al.&lt;/i&gt; 2011: 140).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;h2ref-0&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Multilingualism and literacy education&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As processes associated with globalisation bring ever-greater numbers of multilingual students into schools, literacy researchers face the difficult task of making sense of the specific challenges and opportunities that multilingualism introduces into the classroom environment (Hornberger 2003: 4). Beginning in the late 1980s, researchers identified a glaring gap between the extensive literature on multilingualism and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21writing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;writings&lt;/a&gt; on literacy. In response, a theoretical approach was developed for understanding how these two aligned phenomena interact with and shape one another (Hornberger 2003: 4). The concept of ‘biliteracy’ is the result of these inquiries and offers an analytical framework applicable to any occurrence of reading or writing in which more than one language features (Hornberger 2003: 5).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The biliteracy model does not characterise multilingualism and literacy through a binary perspective that (re)produces oppositions like first language (L1) vs. second language (L2), monolingual vs. bilingual, or literate vs. oral. Instead, it understands any single biliterate practice to be entangled within each of these states simultaneously. In this way, the biliteracy model conceptualises states of language as multiple, intersecting, and nested continua that together constitute a complex whole (Hornberger 2003: 4-5; Hornberger &amp;amp; Link 2012: 264). Briefly, these continua describe the &lt;i&gt;media&lt;/i&gt; through which different languages are used; the &lt;i&gt;contexts&lt;/i&gt; in which language and literacy practices are enacted and evaluated; and the &lt;i&gt;content&lt;/i&gt; expressed by language and literacy practices; that is, their styles, genres, and the perspectives they communicate. In contrast to the compartmentalising and decontextualising perspectives that typically inform educational policies and practices, the biliteracy model enables researchers and educators to delve into multilingual settings and unpack how the development of biliterate skills occurs so that novel solutions in support of literacy education for multilingual learners may be imagined (Hornberger &amp;amp; Link 2012: 265; Hornberger 2003: 25).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nancy Hornberger and Holly Link describe a scenario in which bilingual first grade students read an English language text while discussing it with one another in Spanish, and then respond to their teacher’s inquiries in English (2012: 269). The biliteracy model makes clear that, while the teacher’s acceptance of Spanish dialogue offsets obvious power dynamics and helps to validate students’ &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voices&lt;/a&gt;, the use of English as the sole language of instruction limits the possibilities for biliteracy development as Spanish is only permitted for oral communication (Hornberger &amp;amp; Link 2012: 270). Similarly, Melisa Cahnmann’s study of a grade nine Spanish-English classroom examines how correction and assessment strategies influence student &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt; or acceptance of biliterate practices (2003: 191). During the research, Cahnmann learned that students would often draw upon their Spanish linguistic resources to aid them in the creation of English-language texts. For example, to assist herself in spelling the English word ‘people’, one student verbalised the Spanish phonemes of ‘PE-O-PE-LE’ [pronounced as ‘pay-oh-pay-lay’ in English] (Cahnmann 2003: 193). While some experts in second language acquisition believe that such inter-lingual transcoding should be discouraged, the biliteracy model considers any kind of transfer along the L1-L2 continuum to be an opportunity, because it reveals students’ strengths and identifies areas where teachers can focus their energy to support positive and impactful learning (Cahnmann 2003: 192-3).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The key insight of biliteracy is that interrelatedness between continua ensures that literacy and language skills can develop across and between different languages and literacies, with contextual factors determining and shaping specific manifestations (Hornberger 2003: 25). Stronger biliteracy skills will therefore emerge in environments that encourage students to draw on all points of the continua (Hornberger &amp;amp; Link 2012: 265). Crucially, this analytical framework is capable of recognising and incorporating students’ multilingual practices as part of a classroom’s learning resources, critiquing standard literacy norms while also producing alternative outcomes (Hornberger &amp;amp; Link 2012: 274; Cahnmann 2003: 189).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;h2ref-0&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Re-imagining literacy in a digital world&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The circulation of fast-changing information technologies and media in the twenty-first century introduces new aspects to established questions about what it means to be ‘literate’ in an overwhelmingly &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18digital&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;digital&lt;/a&gt; era (Wolf 2017: 219-20). Does the immediate access to vast amounts of information through Internet technologies change how people critically engage with texts (Wolf 2017: 222-3)? There is growing concern among researchers and educators that the shift from physical to digital texts may result in a reduction in the ability of young readers to analyse and think beyond the words they read, thus failing to perceive deeper meanings. In response, literacy research is moving towards understanding how students can become ‘multitextual’, that is, proficient in reading and analysing different kinds of texts in adaptable ways to harness the benefits of both print and digital media (Wolf 2017: 223, 226-7).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Multimodality is a theoretical approach to meaning-making that stems from social semiotics: the study of the social life of signs and symbols (Jewitt 2006: 3). In this framework, ‘signs’ refer to the association of meaning to a form; ‘modes’ describe the different forms in which signs are constructed (for example, an image versus a written word); and ‘media’ applies to the ways in which modes disseminate their signs (for example, ink on paper, computer screens, etc.) (Heydon 2007: 39). A social semiotic approach to the sociality of language recognises that linguistic meanings are constantly &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduced&lt;/a&gt; through people’s sociocultural work and are not simply a pre-existing code waiting to be activated (Jewitt 2006: 3). Multimodality extends this theory to suggest that the production of meaning is further influenced by any modes through which signs are communicated (Jewitt 2006: 3). In reconceptualising literacy as ‘multimodal design’, the analytical lens offered by multimodal literacy takes the focus away from the written word and broadens the frame to examine how people make meaning through the many modes and media to which they have access (Heydon 2007: 38; Jewitt 2006: 8).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Applying the multimodal literacy framework to new digital technologies can illustrate how digital media are reconfiguring our understanding of writing in generative ways (Jewitt 2006: 107). In particular, the dominance of writing is being decentred through digital technologies that harness images, speech, music, and moving elements to communicate (Jewitt 2006: 108; Heydon 2007: 39). In the classroom, there is increasing reliance on forms of ‘edutainment’; that is, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19games&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;games&lt;/a&gt;, computer applications, and videos used for educational purposes, in place of strictly textual resources (Jewitt 2006: 6-7, 108). The influence of the digital screen on the meaning of texts is so great that, even when it is used to render the written word, as in an e-book, it mediates how we encounter and interpret the text we read. For example, book layout is often restructured to fit a screen, altering how a textual narrative is represented on a page (Jewitt 2006: 108-9). Carey Jewitt asserts that new digital media are changing what literacy means so profoundly that it may soon no longer be possible to define reading solely as the act of interpreting the written word (2006: 123). Instead, readers will have to make sense of all the features that have been enabled by the capabilities of the digital screen as they navigate the meanings communicated by a screen’s &lt;i&gt;multimodal design&lt;/i&gt; (Jewitt 2006: 123). Effectively ‘reading’ a digital text, then, also requires understanding how the design of images and writing contribute to the realisation of the text’s own meaning (Jewitt 2006: 136).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;h2ref-0&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This entry offers a review of how literacy has been theorised in anthropology since the first days of the discipline. While perspectives have changed over the years, with definitions of literacy fluctuating between opposing frameworks of technological determinism and cultural relativism, the underlying theme remains unaltered: the development of literacy represents one of the most significant innovations of human &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Despite more than a century’s worth of research on literacy, questions about how humans shape literacy and how literacy shapes humans continue to be actively discussed. The rapid development of new information and media technologies has only accentuated the conversation. As new media invite novel possibilities for encoding and decoding meaning, which in turn result in changes in language practices, communication, and society, literacy will continue to be a prominent subject of anthropological research. If the history of anthropological theory is any indication of its future, the role of literacy in shaping the human condition will be ardently debated as its function is productively reinterpreted.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;h2ref-0&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ahearn, L. 2004. Literacy, power, and agency: love letters and development in Nepal. &lt;i&gt;Language and Education&lt;/i&gt; &lt;b&gt;18&lt;/b&gt;(4), 305-16.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Akinnaso, F. 1981. The consequences of literacy in pragmatic and theoretical perspectives. &lt;i&gt;Anthropology &amp;amp; Education Quarterly&lt;/i&gt; &lt;b&gt;12&lt;/b&gt;(3), 163-200.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Alim, H., J. Baugh &amp;amp; M. Bucholtz 2011. Global ill-literacies: Hip Hop cultures, youth identities, and the politics of literacy. &lt;i&gt;Review of Research in Education &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;35&lt;/b&gt;, 120-46.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Allen, N.J. 1992. Review of Ortner (1989). &lt;i&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/i&gt; &lt;b&gt;94&lt;/b&gt;(4), 967-8.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Baker-Bell, A. 2020. &lt;i&gt;Linguistic justice: Black language, literacy, identity and pedagogy&lt;/i&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Berndt, C. 1960. The concept of primitive. &lt;i&gt;Sociologus &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;10&lt;/b&gt;(1), 50-69.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Besnier, N. 1995. &lt;i&gt;Literacy, emotion, and authority: reading and writing on a Polynesian atoll&lt;/i&gt;. New York: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1999. “Literacy”. &lt;i&gt;Journal of Linguistic Anthropology.&lt;/i&gt; &lt;b&gt;9&lt;/b&gt;(1/2), 141-3.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bialostok, S. &amp;amp; R. Whitman 2006. Literacy campaigns and the indigenization of modernity: rearticulations of capitalism. &lt;i&gt;Anthropology &amp;amp; Education Quarterly &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;37&lt;/b&gt;(4), 381-92.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Blommaert, J. 2008. &lt;i&gt;Grassroots literacy: writing, identity and voice in Central Africa.&lt;/i&gt; London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Brockmeier, J. &amp;amp; D. Olson 2009. The literacy episteme: from Innis to Derrida. In &lt;i&gt;The Cambridge handbook of literacy &lt;/i&gt;(eds) D. Olson &amp;amp; N. Torrance, 3-21. Cambridge: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cahnmann, M. 2003. To correct or not to correct bilingual students’ errors is a question of continua-ing reimagination. In &lt;i&gt;Continua of biliteracy: an ecological framework for educational policy, research, and practice in multilingual settings &lt;/i&gt;(ed.) N. Hornberger, 187-203. Clevedon, North Somerset: Multilingual Matters Ltd.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Collin, R. 2013. Revisiting Jack Goody to rethink determinisms in Literacy Studies. &lt;i&gt;Reading Research Quarterly&lt;/i&gt; &lt;b&gt;48&lt;/b&gt;(1), 27-38.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Collins, J. 1995. Literacy and literacies. &lt;i&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;24&lt;/b&gt;, 75-93.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Debenport, E. 2015. &lt;i&gt;Fixing the books: secrecy, literacy, and perfectibility in indigenous New Mexico&lt;/i&gt;. Santa Fe: School for Advanced Research Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;De La Piedra, M. 2009. Hybrid literacies: the case of a Quechua community in the Andes. &lt;i&gt;Anthropology &amp;amp; Education Quarterly &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;40&lt;/b&gt;(2), 110-28.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dickinson, P. 1994. “Orality in literacy”: listening to indigenous writing. &lt;i&gt;Canadian Journal of Native Studies&lt;/i&gt; &lt;b&gt;14&lt;/b&gt;(2), 319-40.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Erickson, F. 1984. School literacy, reasoning, and civility: an anthropologist’s perspective. &lt;i&gt;Review of Educational Research &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;54&lt;/b&gt;(4), 525-46.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Faris, E. 1925. Pre-literate peoples. Proposing a new term. &lt;i&gt;American Journal of Sociology &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;30&lt;/b&gt;(6), 710-2.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Finnegan, R. 2012. The ‘oral’ nature of African unwritten literature. In &lt;i&gt;Oral literature in Africa&lt;/i&gt;, 3-28. Cambridge, UK: Open Book.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hsu, F. 1964. Rethinking the concept “primitive”. &lt;i&gt;Current Anthropology &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;5&lt;/b&gt;(3), 169-78.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Goody, J. 2010. Behaviour and literacy. &lt;i&gt;Behemoth A Journal on Civilisation &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;3&lt;/b&gt;(2), 5-10.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Goody, J. &amp;amp; I. Watt 1963. The consequences of literacy. &lt;i&gt;Comparative Studies in Society and History &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;5&lt;/b&gt;(3), 304-45.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Helliwell, C. 2012. Variation in oral narrative performance: a Pacific example. &lt;i&gt;The Journal of Polynesian Society &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;121&lt;/b&gt;(1), 51-73.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Heydon, R. 2007. Making meaning together: multi-modal literacy learning opportunities in an inter-generational art programme. &lt;i&gt;Journal of Curriculum Studies &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;39&lt;/b&gt;(1), 35-62.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hornberger, N. 2003. Continua of biliteracy. In &lt;i&gt;Continua of biliteracy: an ecological framework for educational policy, research, and practice in multilingual settings &lt;/i&gt;(ed.) N. Hornberger, 3-34. Clevedon, North Somerset: Multilingual Matters Ltd.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; H. Link 2012. Translanguaging and transnational literacies in multilingual classrooms: a biliteracy lens. &lt;i&gt;International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;15&lt;/b&gt;(3), 261-78.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Horst, H. &amp;amp; D. Miller (eds) 2012. &lt;i&gt;Digital anthropology&lt;/i&gt;. London: Bloomsbury.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jewitt, C. 2006. &lt;i&gt;Technology, literacy, and learning: a multimodal approach&lt;/i&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kimmerer, R.W. 2013. &lt;i&gt;Braiding sweetgrass&lt;/i&gt;. Minneapolis: Milkweed Editions.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Langlois, R. 2006. An introduction to Jack Goody’s historical anthropology. In &lt;i&gt;Technology, literacy, and the evolution of society: implications of the work of Jack Goody&lt;/i&gt; (eds) D. Olson &amp;amp; M. Cole, 3-26. Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lévy-Bruhl, L. 2018 [1923]. &lt;i&gt;Primitive mentality&lt;/i&gt; (trans. L. Clare). New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lévi-Strauss, C. 1966 [1962]. &lt;i&gt;Savage mind&lt;/i&gt; (trans. G. Weidenfeld). Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lévi-Strauss, C. 2001 [1978] &lt;i&gt;Myth and meaning&lt;/i&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mandelbaum, D. 1955. The study of complex civilizations. &lt;i&gt;Yearbook of Anthropology&lt;/i&gt;,&lt;i&gt; &lt;/i&gt;203-25.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Martindale, A., S. Shneiderman &amp;amp; M. Turin 2018. Time, oral tradition, and technology. In &lt;i&gt;Memory&lt;/i&gt; (eds) P. Tortell, M. Turin &amp;amp; M. Young. 197-206. Vancouver, BC: Peter Wall Institute for Advanced Studies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Morgan, L.H. 1878. &lt;i&gt;Ancient society&lt;/i&gt;. Chicago: Charles H. Kerr and Company.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Olson, D. 1977. From utterance to text: the bias of language in speech and writing. &lt;i&gt;Harvard Education Review &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;47&lt;/b&gt;(3), 257-81.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1994. &lt;i&gt;The world on paper: the conceptual and cognitive implications of writing and reading&lt;/i&gt;. Cambridge: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2017&lt;i&gt;. The mind on paper: reading, consciousness, and rationality&lt;/i&gt;. Cambridge: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;O’Neil, C. 2013. School and home: contexts for conflict and agency. In &lt;i&gt;Cultural practices of literacy: case studies of language, literacy, social practice, and power&lt;/i&gt; (ed.) V. Purcell-Gates, 169-78. New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ong, W. J. 2012 [1982]. &lt;i&gt;Orality and literacy: 30&lt;sup&gt;th&lt;/sup&gt; anniversary edition&lt;/i&gt;. Florence: Taylor &amp;amp; Francis Group.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ortner, S. 1993. Response to Allen. &lt;i&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;95&lt;/b&gt;(3), 726-26.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Plato. 2002. &lt;i&gt;Phaedrus&lt;/i&gt; (trans. R. Waterfield). Oxford: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Riemer, F. 2008. Becoming literate, being human: adult literacy and moral reconstruction in Botswana. &lt;i&gt;Anthropology &amp;amp; Education Quarterly&lt;/i&gt; &lt;b&gt;39&lt;/b&gt;(4), 444-64.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rosa, J. 2016. Standardization, racialization, languagelessness: raciolinguistic ideologies across communicative contexts. &lt;i&gt;Journal of Linguistic Anthropology &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;26&lt;/b&gt;(2), 162-83.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2019. &lt;i&gt;Looking like a language, sounding like a race: raciolinguistic ideologies and the learning of Latinidad. &lt;/i&gt;New York: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; N. Flores 2017. Unsettling race and language: toward a raciolinguistic perspective. &lt;i&gt;Language in Society &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;46&lt;/b&gt;(5), 621-47.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Scribner, S. &amp;amp; M. Cole 1981. &lt;i&gt;The psychology of literacy&lt;/i&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shneiderman, S. 2015. &lt;i&gt;Rituals of ethnicity: Thangmi identities between Nepal and India.&lt;/i&gt; Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stephens, K. 2000. A critical discussion of the ‘New Literacy Studies’. &lt;i&gt;British Journal of Educational Studies &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;48&lt;/b&gt;(1), 10-23.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Street, B. 1997. The implications of the ‘New Literacy Studies’ for literacy education. &lt;i&gt;English in Education &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;31&lt;/b&gt;(3), 45-59.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2013. Literacy in theory and practice: challenges and debates over 50 years. &lt;i&gt;Theory into Practice &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;52&lt;/b&gt;(S1), 52-62.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Trouillot, M. 2015 [1995]. &lt;i&gt;Silencing the past: power and the production of history&lt;/i&gt;. Boston: Beacon Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Turin, M. 2014. Orality and technology, or the bit and the byte: the work of the World Oral Project. &lt;i&gt;Oral Tradition &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;28&lt;/b&gt;(2), 173-86.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———, C. Wheeler &amp;amp; E. Wilkinson (eds) 2013. &lt;i&gt;Oral literature in the digital age: archiving orality and connecting with communities.&lt;/i&gt; Cambridge: Open Book.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Whorf, B. 1952. Language, mind, and reality. &lt;i&gt;ETC: A Review of General Semantics &lt;/i&gt;&lt;b&gt;9&lt;/b&gt;(3), 167-88.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wolf, M. 2017. &lt;i&gt;Proust and the squid: the story and science of the reading brain&lt;/i&gt;. New York: Harper Perennial.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wogan, P. 2004. Magical writing in Salasaca: literacy and power in Highland Ecuador. Boulder: Westview Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2 id=&quot;h2ref-0&quot;&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributors&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mark Turin is an Associate Professor at the University of British Columbia in Vancouver, Canada, cross-appointed between the departments of Anthropology and the Institute of Critical Indigenous Studies. His research is situated in the fields of language documentation, reclamation, and revitalisation with regional focuses on the Himalaya and the Pacific Northwest of Canada. ORCID: &lt;a href=&quot;https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2262-0986&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2262-0986&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Prof. Mark Turin, Department of Anthropology, Faculty of Arts, University of British Columbia, 2104 – 6303 NW Marine Drive, Vancouver, BC Canada V6T 1Z1. mark.turin@ubc.ca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Robert Hanks is a graduate student in the department of Anthropology at the University of British Columbia in Vancouver, Canada. His research examines language and literacy education in multilingual contexts and the decolonisation of pedagogy. ORCID: &lt;a href=&quot;http://(https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3788-321X&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3788-321X&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Robert Hanks, Department of Anthropology, Faculty of Arts, University of British Columbia, 2104 – 6303 NW Marine Drive, Vancouver, BC Canada V6T 1Z1. rhanks@alumni.ubc.ca&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 02 Dec 2021 03:45:18 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">1891 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Emic and etic</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/emic-and-etic</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/emic_etic_vietnam_interview.jpg?itok=OnOB6w1M&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/culture&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Culture&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/language&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Language&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/methods-methodology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Methods &amp;amp; Methodology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/science-technology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Science &amp;amp; Technology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/ontology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Ontology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/infrastructure&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Infrastructure&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-6&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/epistemology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Epistemology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/till-mostowlansky&quot;&gt;Till Mostowlansky&lt;/a&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/andrea-rota&quot;&gt;Andrea Rota&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;The Graduate Institute Geneva &amp; University of Bern&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;29&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Nov &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2020&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20emicetic&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/20emicetic&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The &lt;/em&gt;emic/etic&lt;em&gt; distinction originated in linguistics in the 1950s to designate two complementary standpoints for the analysis of human language and behaviour. It has been subject to debates in the humanities and social sciences ever since. Imported into anthropology in the 1960s, &lt;/em&gt;etic&lt;em&gt; came to stand for ambitions to establish an objective, scientific approach to the study of culture, whereas &lt;/em&gt;emic&lt;em&gt; refers to the goal of grasping the world according to one’s interlocutors’ particular points of view.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt; While the distinction lost traction as an analytical instrument in anthropology in the 1990s, &lt;/em&gt;emic &lt;em&gt;and &lt;/em&gt;etic&lt;em&gt; have become concepts used by various other disciplines and subfields in the humanities and social sciences. In these contexts, they continue to be used to address a range of different epistemological and methodological issues, such as the relationship between researcher and research subject or the question of how to legitimately interpret social practices. For this reason, the &lt;/em&gt;emic/etic&lt;em&gt; distinction remains relevant. It draws attention to fundamental differences in the way scholars and students of various disciplines approach and discuss research, data, and comparison.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To most students and scholars in the humanities and social sciences, the term &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; is probably familiar from introductory courses and casual references to the concepts, statements, and interactions of a researcher’s interlocutors in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; research. While &lt;em&gt;emic &lt;/em&gt;has remained in use as part of anthropological jargon, its conceptual counterpart, &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt;, a term often loosely employed to identify a researcher’s own analytic framework, has fallen out of fashion. As a result, the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;historical&lt;/a&gt; development of these counterparts has likewise faded into obscurity. However, twentieth-century thinking on &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; encapsulates and sheds light on central debates in the humanities and social sciences that retain importance today. The terms are neologisms of the 1950s that were introduced to anthropology from linguistics. They have come to stand for major differences in epistemology, methodology, and theory, for example with regard to materialism, religion, theories of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21mind&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;mind&lt;/a&gt;, and relativistic versus comparative approaches to studying social life.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;To understand the contemporary significance of &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; for the study of culture and society, it is paramount to discuss the distinction’s history in anthropology – especially in the period from the 1960s to the early 1990s – as well as its afterlives in various fields in the humanities and social sciences in which the terms are still widely used. This entry’s first section, therefore, analyses the emergence of &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; in the process of interactions between linguists and anthropologists in the 1950s and 1960s. It follows the trajectories of the main protagonists in this process, linguist Kenneth L. Pike and anthropologist Marvin Harris. The second section turns to the actual contents of the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic &lt;/em&gt;debate of the late 1980s, which reflect major epistemological differences in the social sciences of the time. Finally, the third section addresses current scholarship in the humanities and social sciences that continues to debate the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic &lt;/em&gt;distinction.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Beginnings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Categories and approaches addressing issues similar to the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; distinction have notable precedents in linguistics and anthropology (e.g. Swadesh 1934; Sapir 1949 [1927]; Malinowski 1944, 1954). However, the introduction and formalization of the concepts &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; should be credited to the American linguist Kenneth L. Pike. Pike’s work was informed by both his academic research at the University of Michigan and his missionary involvement in the Summer Institute of Linguistics, a Christian-based organization specialising in translating the Bible into lesser-known languages (Pike 1962). As a specialist of non-Indo-European languages such as the Mixtec language family, Pike’s early career focused on the study of phonetics and phonemics both as objects of theoretical inquiry and as a pragmatic means to research and codify local languages (Pike 1943, 1947).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In linguistics, phonetics is the study of the sounds of human &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;speech&lt;/a&gt; and their production. One of the aims of phonetics research is to develop a cross-linguistic representation of all sounds found in human languages. For instance, the French word &lt;em&gt;cher &lt;/em&gt;(‘dear’ or ‘expensive’) and the English word &lt;em&gt;sheep &lt;/em&gt;begin with the same phone, [ &lt;b style=&quot;color: rgb(32, 33, 36); font-family: Roboto, arial, sans-serif; font-size: 14px;&quot;&gt;ʃ &lt;/b&gt;]– a voiceless palato–alveolar fricative – according to the notation of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA). Yet not all phonetic differences are relevant to speakers of any given language in their communication. Drawing on this observation, phonemics aims to reconstruct the implicit or unconscious system of sound contrasts that are employed to distinguish meaningful utterances in a given language. For instance, /r/ and /l/ are distinct phonemes in English; thus, &lt;em&gt;rip &lt;/em&gt;and &lt;em&gt;lip &lt;/em&gt;have different meanings. Conversely, the /r/ in the word &lt;em&gt;great &lt;/em&gt;will sound quite different when pronounced by a Scotsman or a Londoner, but the meaning of the word will remain the same, which indicates that English speakers perceive the two phonetically distinct sounds as nonetheless the same phoneme.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the 1950s, Pike became increasingly critical of approaches that considered language a form of human activity essentially distinct from non-linguistic behaviour, and he sought to develop a theoretical and methodological approach that treated ‘[v]erbal and nonverbal activity as a unified whole&#039; (Pike 1954: 2). An initial step towards this goal was to extend the distinction between phonetics and phonemics to the analysis of all forms of human behaviour. Eliminating the reference to sound units implied by the prefix ‘phon-’ gave rise to the terms &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt;. Pike defined &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; as ‘two basic standpoints from which a human observer can describe human behavior, each of them valuable for certain specific purposes&#039; (Pike 1954: 8).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;According to Pike, an &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; approach would rely on a generalised classification system devised by the researcher in advance for the study of any particular culture in order to compare and classify behavioural data from across the world, analogous to the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet to compare the sounds of spoken language. For instance, a researcher might outline a series of formal criteria to distinguish among different types of speech acts, such as statements, orders, and promises. Such an &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; taxonomy could then be employed to compare the use of these distinct functions of language in different settings (see Reiss 1985).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Conversely, following Pike, an &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; approach would dispense with &lt;em&gt;a priori &lt;/em&gt;means of classification. Focusing on one culture at a time, its goal would be to discover and describe the structured patterns of mental and bodily activities that the members of that culture, consciously or unconsciously, regard as distinct and significant for their system of behaviour. Thus, an &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; approach would call attention to the fact that two &lt;em&gt;etically &lt;/em&gt;idential behaviours can in fact differ profoundly, depending on the meaning and purpose of the actors. To illustrate this, Pike employed the example of two identical statements on the Parliament floor, one of which could serve to promote a piece of legislation, the other to filibuster it, depending on the intentions of the speaker (1954: 13). Another example is the killing of a fly, which may be a trivial gesture in one place, but may have deeper &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ethics&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;moral&lt;/a&gt; implications in others. Pike thus emphasised that &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; standpoints should be regarded as two elements of a stereoscopic image – one that combines two points of view on the same data to represent its object (Kassam &amp;amp; Bashuna 2004: 209-12; Pike 1954: 12). Yet, for Pike, the &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; standpoint provided deeper insight into a particular culture because it helps scholars understand the attitudes, motives, and interests of social actors within the context of their cultural wholes.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pike’s discussion of the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; distinction was just the starting point for the development of &lt;em&gt;tagmemics&lt;/em&gt;, a complex system of grammatical analysis devoted to the study of the basic units of language (Pike 1982; Hahn 2005). Within the social sciences, however, the transmission of Pike’s ideas was largely limited to the core terms &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt;, which found their way into anthropology at least a decade after Pike had coined them (Headland 1990: 15) and became increasingly popular in anthropological publications from the 1960s to the 1980s (e.g. Berger &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 1976; Durbin 1972; Levi-Strauss 1972; Feleppa 1986). During this period, the lines of transmission led in two directions: a transmission of the concepts &lt;em&gt;emic/etic &lt;/em&gt;from linguistics (in the spirit of Kenneth Pike) directly into anthropological studies (e.g. Dundes 1962); and a different trajectory for the terms, which were popularised through the continuously-evolving work of Marvin Harris.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In 1964, Harris, then at Columbia University, published his first major work, &lt;em&gt;The nature of cultural things&lt;/em&gt;, in which he refers to Pike and the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic &lt;/em&gt;distinction. This book served as an early entry point for the concepts into anthropology. In 1968, Harris published &lt;em&gt;The rise of anthropological theory&lt;/em&gt;, which remains one of the most cited &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;histories&lt;/a&gt; of the development of anthropological thought. Harris’s history, covering a plethora of anthropological debates from nineteenth-century evolutionism to French structuralism to British social anthropology, ends in the 1960s with a theory – cultural materialism – which he himself coined and which he propagated as a means to return to anthropology’s ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt;’ aspirations. Cultural materialism is based on the assumption that ‘human social life is a response to the practical problems of earthly existence’ (Harris 1979: ix), and, drawing on Marxian, evolutionary, and ecological ideas, sought to uncover the material – that is, economic, biological, environmental – determinants of sociocultural phenomena. Harris thereby argued for a focus on the ‘objective’ causes of human behaviour and defended a view of anthropology as a universal science of society devoted to the formulation of general, explanatory, and testable theories (Harris 1979; 1994).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the proclamation of cultural materialism, Harris tried to build a case against the New Ethnography and ethnoscience movements (Sturtevant 1964) of the same period, which propagated the &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; study of cognition and language to examine how different cultures perceive and interact with their environments. Harris particularly criticised the unreflective borrowing of concepts from linguistics, including Pike’s &lt;em&gt;emic &lt;/em&gt;and &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt;. In this process, he also introduced his own, critical reinterpretation of &lt;em&gt;emic/etic &lt;/em&gt;as part of the epistemological framework of cultural materialism.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In &lt;em&gt;The rise of anthropological theory&lt;/em&gt;, the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic &lt;/em&gt;distinction served to differentiate between what Harris called ‘cultural idealism’ and ‘cultural materialism’ in ‘an age dedicated to eclectic middle-ground theories’ (1968: 569). With the term ‘cultural idealism’, Harris (1968: 568) was hinting at a broad spectrum of misguided anthropological approaches – ‘accumulated liabilities of the past two hundred years’ – that aim to explore informants’ mental states and motivations. According to Harris (1968: 576), this &lt;em&gt;emic &lt;/em&gt;strand of theory, including the work of his contemporary, Claude Lévi-Strauss, failed to recognise the methodological dilemma that derives from the fact that ‘the ethnographer teaches the informant how to teach the ethnographer to think in appropriate &lt;em&gt;emic &lt;/em&gt;terms’. In contrast, Harris fervently promoted an &lt;em&gt;etic &lt;/em&gt;approach as the foundation of cultural materialism and a way out of anthropology’s increasing scientific irrelevance. By &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt;, Harris meant statements and categories that receive confirmation from other scientists, but not necessarily from informants. &lt;em&gt;Etics &lt;/em&gt;thus allowed anthropologists to develop their arguments on the basis of scientific frameworks that are rooted in assumedly objective social processes and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt;. This would eventually render anthropology ‘the science of culture’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Harris’s research programme – further clarified in his widely referenced 1979 book &lt;em&gt;Cultural materialism: the struggle for a science of culture&lt;/em&gt; – built on Marx and a range of other positivistic thinkers to emphasise societal &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23infrastructure&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;infrastructure&lt;/a&gt;, structure, and superstructure as determinants of culture (Kuznar &amp;amp; Sanderson 2007: 4). In &lt;em&gt;Cultural materialism&lt;/em&gt;, as well as in much later work leading up to Harris’s final monograph, &lt;em&gt;Theories of culture in postmodern &lt;/em&gt;&lt;em&gt;times &lt;/em&gt;(1999), the distinction between &lt;em&gt;emic &lt;/em&gt;and &lt;em&gt;etic &lt;/em&gt;served to shed light on the difference between social scientists who analyse their informants’ interpretations of events (&lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt;) and those who weigh such interpretations against the forces of economy, ecology, and technology (&lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt;). Harris discussed this distinction using, for instance, his research on ‘bovicide’ in southern India (1979: 32). This research juxtaposed &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20farming&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;farmers&lt;/a&gt;’ statements that all calves – male and female – were treated and fed equally with statistical data that showed that male calves were significantly more likely to die. In a context in which the Hindu prohibition against bovine slaughter was dominant but in which there was no use for male traction &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19anim&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animals&lt;/a&gt;, Harris argued that the starving and neglect of male calves was &lt;em&gt;emically&lt;/em&gt; rationalised as ‘males being weaker’. However, from an &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; perspective, local economic and ecological conditions led farmers to actively cull male calves by pulling them from their mothers’ teats.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; debate&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From the 1960s to the 1980s, many anthropologists took up &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt;, either as a way to position themselves epistemologically or simply to indicate alignment with a major strand of anthropological theory. However, no scholar employed the terms as pointedly and deliberately as Marvin Harris did to promote his own theory – cultural materialism – over such a long period of time. We can thus look at Harris as a node in anthropological discussions on the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; distinction. Such discussions first took place in academic journals (e.g. Harris 1976) and then in person in 1988 when Pike and Harris were part of an invited panel at the Annual Meeting of the American Anthropological Association in Phoenix, Arizona. In front of an audience of an estimated six hundred anthropologists, the two protagonists of the decades-long intellectual debate encountered each other.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In his introduction to the collected papers presented at the symposium, Thomas Headland (1990), who was responsible for organising the event, called attention to the rising popularity of &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; beyond the field of anthropology. During the 1970s, the terms had not only spread to other social sciences, but had also found their way into English dictionaries. Yet, unsurprisingly, the dissemination of the concepts in various fields had led to growing confusion regarding their scholarly definitions. Depending on the academic context, the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; distinction was used synonymously with verbal/nonverbal, specific/universal, description/theory, and in many other ways. Although Headland considered most of these imaginative interpretations to be inaccurate, he acknowledged that they had been heuristically useful in various disciplines and that the extension of the original meaning was therefore legitimate. He also argued that such latitude could prove detrimental to the field of anthropology. A conceptual clarification therefore seemed in order. This, however, proved to be a complex task. As various examples illustrate, what emerged from the debate was less a coherent view of the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; distinction than an interconnected inventory of contested epistemological issues.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pike and Harris accepted that their uses and understandings of &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; diverged from one another. More importantly, however, they used &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; in the service of distinct &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; paradigms. Defending a Kantian perspective, Pike portrayed thinking, imagining, and speaking as ways of relating the individual to the world that are inevitably mediated by the ‘emic structures’ of a culture (Pike 1990a: 34). As he suggested in one example, it is only by availing themselves of those cultural categories that the members of a family can say that they are not merely eating together in the morning, but are having breakfast (Pike 1990a: 39-40).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In his opinion, the main task of the researcher was to reconstruct the unexpressed ‘emic knowledge’ that guides human behaviour. &lt;em&gt;Etic&lt;/em&gt; concepts were to provide a helpful steppingstone towards this goal – just as a phonetic analysis provided an entry point to decoding an unknown language (Pike 1990b: 64-5; Pike 1954: 11). Harris, on the other hand, championed a neo-behaviourist perspective and vehemently opposed the anthropological ‘dogma’ that identified the ‘distinctively human capacity for expectations, intentions, and ideas’ as the key to explaining human behaviour (Harris 1990a: 55). According to his approach, an analysis employing &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; categories was not only a goal in itself, but was in fact essential if one is to account for emergent social phenomena that were not consciously or individually intended.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pushing this argument further, Harris objected to Pike’s view that thinking, imagining, and speaking are kinds of ‘emic behavior’ (Harris 1990b: 78), insisting that the terms &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; were not meant to demarcate particular types of behaviour (for instance, mental events versus bodily movements). Rather, they referred to separate modes of description the researched used – Pike had actually emphasised himself in his early works. In Harris’s opinion, the advantage of &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; over similar binary modes of description such as subjective/objective or insider/outsider derives precisely from its inherent epistemological focus. For instance, participants and observers can both be subjective and objective in their descriptions and analyses. However, ‘the discrimination between emic and etic modes depends strictly on the operations employed by the observers’ (Harris 1990a: 50). In this epistemological understanding of the terms, Harris underscored that the validity of scientific results ultimately depends on the consensus of the community of observers, independent of the distinctions that the actors themselves consider appropriate (Harris 1990b: 78). &lt;em&gt;Etic&lt;/em&gt; categories are regarded as scientifically sound when they allow for the discovery of objective social patterns and the production of general and verifiable knowledge, and not because they apprehend some subjective account of the world. As Harris put it, &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; analyses ‘stand or fall on their contribution to predictive or retrodictive nomothetic theories about the evolution of sociocultural differences and similarities’ (Harris 1990: 53-4).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This argument revealed an even more profound fault line. For Pike, scholars themselves were ‘creatures of their scientifically and naturally categorized linguistic environment’ who may not recognize the ‘local’ or culture-specific nature of their own point of view (1990b: 68). This implied that the &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; categories devised by the scholars had no special status, but amounted to nothing more than the &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; perspective of a scientific community (Pike 1954: 9). This idea questioned the very possibility of a cross-cultural ‘scientific’ anthropology as postulated by Harris. Harris thus warned that if all scientific concepts were regarded as plain &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; constructs, ‘the very notion of etics would have to be abandoned along with all hope of achieving a science of human social life’ (Harris 1990b: 79). Harris insisted that the &lt;em&gt;emics&lt;/em&gt; of the scientific community were of a special kind because of their unique responsiveness ‘to the task of building a diachronic, synchronic, comparative, and global science of society and culture’ (1990a: 49). It is this fundamental distinction that, in Harris’s opinion, granted scientific statements the separate category of &lt;em&gt;etics&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Despite the fact that the Pike‒Harris debate happened in the context of a large-scale gathering of anthropologists, it appeared to be the end rather than the beginning of a focused engagement with &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; in anthropology. The reasons for this are complex and vary according to local contexts (and this entry can only cover anthropological research published in English as the main site of the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; debate). For instance, Harris, who continued to be the main promoter of &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; in anthropology in the context of cultural materialism, remained outside the period’s dominant debates, and his contemporary work was – if acknowledged at all – referenced to distinguish critical approaches from old-fashioned ones, with his being considered old-fashioned and not sufficiently reflexive (e.g. Marcus &amp;amp; Fischer 1999 [1986]: 111).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Furthermore, the significant influence of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;postcolonial&lt;/a&gt; studies and poststructuralism on anthropology in the 1980s and 1990s contributed to a turn away from aspirations to conduct cross-cultural analysis and achieve scientific objectivity – or &lt;em&gt;etics&lt;/em&gt; – that had been an integral part of cultural materialism. At the same time, the temporary decline in interest in Marxian historical materialism that came with the end of the Cold War assured that cultural materialism ‒ and thereby Harris’s take on &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; ‒ were laid to rest. In his late work, and most explicitly in the essay ‘Cultural materialism is alive and well and won’t go away until something better comes along’, Harris sought to defend his positivistic stance against the constructivist position of feminist theory and the deconstructive approaches of Derrida and Foucault (1994: 74). In Harris’s opinion, the relativism inherent in these paradigms led down a dangerous path towards the rejection of scientific truth and, ultimately, to fascism.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is against this backdrop that we can understand the receding interest in &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; as a heuristic instrument in anthropology. While discussions around &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; occasionally resurface (e.g. Ginzburg 2017; Sahlins 2017), they often do so in the form of footnotes and do not seem to affect larger theoretical debates. Although anthropologists continue to employ the term &lt;em&gt;emic &lt;/em&gt;to broadly refer to an interlocutor’s standpoint as well as collective ‘local’ practices and perspectives (e.g. Beyer 2016: xix; Her 2018; Knauft 2019), it has lost its analytical significance. Similarly, the epistemological and theoretical arguments related to the term &lt;em&gt;etic &lt;/em&gt;have lost traction or appear using other terms, for instance in relation to universal cognitive constraints as foundations for cross-cultural comparison (e.g. Whitehouse 2004) or in debates concerning cultural and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ontology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ontological&lt;/a&gt; difference (Heywood 2017). Meanwhile, &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; have emerged in other fields of the humanities and social sciences. The following section discusses selected examples, some of which have fed back into on-going anthropological debates.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Afterlives: language, infrastructure, and religion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In linguistics, Pike’s legacy lives on through the numerous scholars he trained to analyse unwritten languages, in particular in his capacity as director of the Summer Institute of Linguistics (SIL) (Wise, Headland &amp;amp; Brend 2001). His original approach to the study of language and behaviour, however, succumbed to the paradigm shift within linguistics towards Noam Chomsky’s theory of transformational grammar (Headland 2001). Yet, one of Pike’s students, the anthropologist and former SIL missionary Daniel Everett, has recently revived the conceptual reflection on the &lt;em&gt;emics&lt;/em&gt; of culture at the intersection of linguistics and anthropology.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Everett’s discussion of the implications of an &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; perspective is set against the backdrop of a widely publicised &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt; dispute between him and Chomsky (Everett 2005; Colapinto 2007; Wolfe 2016). Drawing on his analysis of the language spoken by the Pirahã people of Amazonia, Everett questions Chomsky’s thesis of a universal grammar shared by all of humankind and insists on the role of culture in shaping underlying linguistic structures. Developing this argument further, Everett (2007, 2016) criticises the nativist tradition in Western philosophy that, from Plato to Chomsky, postulates a psychic unity of mankind on the grounds of shared innate concepts. In contrast, Everett situates his work in a lineage that extends from Aristotle to Michael Polanyi and emphasises personal experiences and appreciations as the sources of tacit forms of knowledge. Within this framework, Everett deploys the concept of &lt;em&gt;emicization &lt;/em&gt;(citing Pike 1967) to characterise the individual internalization of a number of ineffable or unspoken background premises and know-how that constitute a culturally specific ‘insider point of view’ and ground our understanding of the ‘self’ (Everett 2016: 18).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Everett does not conceive of culture as a concrete, static entity that individuals appropriate, but rather as an ‘abstract network shaping and connecting social roles, hierarchically structured knowledge domains, and ranked values’ (2016: 79). For Everett, culture resides exclusively in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21mind&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;minds&lt;/a&gt; of individuals. Thus, the unity of a culture and the power of culture to influence thoughts and behaviours are not determined at a social level, but rather emerge from the overlapping backgrounds of individuals who share similar – although never identical – experiences in a local context. For Everett, &lt;em&gt;emicization&lt;/em&gt; is the process that leads, consciously or unconsciously, from objective experience to the formation of a common subjective appreciation of the world (2016: 116). Therefore, in his opinion, &lt;em&gt;emicization &lt;/em&gt;constitutes the answer to one of the fundamental anthropological questions: ‘How is culture even possible?’ (Everett 2016: 116).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As noted earlier, the rise of new trends in anthropology at the end of the twentieth century largely prevented the transmission of Harris’s theoretical reflections on the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; distinction to a broader audience of scholars. More recent anthropological studies on &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23infrastructure&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;infrastructure&lt;/a&gt; (e.g. Appel, Anand &amp;amp; Gupta 2018; Dalakoglou 2017) have once again critically engaged with the legacy of cultural materialism and the claims it developed with respect to the determining force of infrastructure vis-à-vis sociocultural and political processes. For instance, in his study of a highway from Albania to Greece, Dimitris Dalakoglou (2017) observes that early anthropological approaches to infrastructure, such as Harris’s (1968), hindered broader &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; exploration through their static, deterministic frameworks. Dalakoglou argues that Harris’s cultural materialism lacked ‘the necessary departure from the Marxist grand narrative toward ethnographic particularity and then back to theory […] in concrete and organized ways’ (2017:11). From a Marxian, positivistic perspective, which Harris largely followed, ‘ontological diversity among the various dimensions of an infrastructure (e.g. the sociocultural, material, historical)’ is replaced by a broad, overarching category of infrastructure that determines everything else. An &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; analysis of the sort championed by Harris was, therefore, expected to focus on universal infrastructural processes underlying specific cultures.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is precisely this much-criticised aspect of cultural materialism that has led anthropologists of infrastructure, and contemporary scholars of materiality more generally (Coole &amp;amp; Frost 2010; Ellenzweig &amp;amp; Zammito 2017), to turn to Science and Technology Studies (STS) and their take on infrastructure as a product of human/non-human interaction. In the kind of materialism proposed early on by scholars of STS such as Bruno Latour (1987, 2005) and Langdon Winner (1989), infrastructures are not a universal or otherwise objective category. Rather, they are part and parcel of sociocultural practices and therefore shaped by class, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; of power at different scales – as demonstrated, for instance, in Stephanie Tam’s (2013) study of caste relations and regimes of purity in Ahmedabad’s sewage system since the time of its construction in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; India. In this framework, the idea of infrastructure is fundamentally opposed to pre-conceived dichotomies, including epistemological distinctions between mobile/static, subject/object, and &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As these examples indicate, in its more recent uses the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; distinction tends to accompany disciplinary debates in various (sub-)disciplines. The study of religion offers a last telling example. The importation of &lt;em&gt;emic/etic &lt;/em&gt;and similar distinctions into the study of religion has been largely mediated through the work of Clifford Geertz (e.g. 1966, 1974; see A. Geertz 1997). Since the 1960s, Geertz’s work on religion has provided essential resources to move this discipline away from its original &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21phenomenology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;phenomenological&lt;/a&gt; concerns with the nature and manifestations of a distinct sacred reality to framing religion as a social and cultural domain of human thought and activity (Wiebe 1984; Gladigow 2005). During this long – and to some extent still on-going – process, the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; distinction became intertwined with contentious methodological and epistemological issues concerning the alleged special status of religious ‘insiders’, as opposed to academic ‘outsiders’. At the heart of the controversy lay the question of whether or not religious ‘insiders’ have privileged access to and understanding of religious matters.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From a methodological point of view, the debate has raised the question of how scholars determine who counts as a religious insider and whether it is possible or necessary for outsiders to acquire such a status if they are to credibly analyse religious phenomena. Recent scholarship questions the validity of the insider/outsider dichotomy as a way to assess the status of an individual with respect to a religious tradition or community. In this regard, George Chryssides and Stephen Gregg (2019: vii) point out that ‘[t]here are not merely insiders and outsiders, but a whole range of positions that those who belong or do not belong to religious communities find themselves in’. Accordingly, they underscore the importance of ‘acknowledging different modes of accepting and rejecting various forms of religious life’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;From an epistemological point of view, the insider/outsider debate in the study of religion highlights significant differences between scholars. On the one hand, there are those who frame religion as a &lt;em&gt;sui&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;generis &lt;/em&gt;phenomenon; that is, as a separate reality the appreciation of which would necessitate a form of ‘religious insight’ that only ‘insiders’ could possibly bring to bear. On the other hand, there are scholars who defend the possibility of studying religion by means of sociological, anthropological, and psychological approaches (Mostowlansky &amp;amp; Rota 2016). In this context, various authors have criticised the idea that religion necessitates a special mode of knowing as a normative stance and as a political move in a struggle for (academic) influence (Wiebe 1999; McCutcheon 1997; Jensen 2011).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Russell McCutcheon’s (1999) volume &lt;em&gt;The insider/outsider&lt;/em&gt; &lt;em&gt;problem in the study of religion&lt;/em&gt; constitutes an important node in this debate, but also contributed to the conflation of &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; with ‘insider’ and &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; with ‘outsider’. One way to disentangle these dimensions at the epistemic level is to employ Niklas Luhmann’s (2000) distinction between first- and second-order observers (Mostowlansky &amp;amp; Rota 2016). According to this distinction, first-order observers appreciate the world according to a specific perspective. However, they are not reflexively aware of the fact that their point of view is contextually situated. Religious insiders can be equated to first-order observers who relate to the world on the basis of their religious convictions – for instance, the way they conceive of God or the sacred. Second-order observers, on the other hand, examine how first-order observers observe; that is, they appreciate the perspectival character of first-order observations and explore how and why first-order observers uphold a certain perspective. Academics can also be first-order observers, just as religious practitioners can reflexively assume the position of second-order observers. But &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;etic &lt;/em&gt;are not synonymous with first- and second-order observations. Rather, &lt;em&gt;emic &lt;/em&gt;and &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; analyses are &lt;em&gt;both&lt;/em&gt; the product of second-order observers, although they imply different standpoints. In sum, as Steven Sutcliffe points out, &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; address ‘the question of &lt;em&gt;how&lt;/em&gt;, rather than &lt;em&gt;by whom&lt;/em&gt;, the object of knowledge is constructed’ (2019: 30, emphasis in original). In the study of religion, &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; approaches are favoured by, for instance, scholars in the tradition of critical theory who focus on empirical uses of the term ‘religion’ as an instrument to categorise and control certain aspects of the world (Bergunder 2014). Conversely, examples of &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; perspectives can be found in the burgeoning field of the cognitive science of religion, which draws on cognitive, ecological, and evolutionary theories to explain the universality of human beliefs and practices associated with religion (Pyysiäinen 2013).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The historic significance of the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; distinction in anthropology is twofold. The terms &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;etic&lt;/em&gt; have provided scholars with a vocabulary that directs the attention of their audience towards important issues of analytical perspective, standpoint, and positionality without having to articulate them in detail. In the case of &lt;em&gt;emic&lt;/em&gt;, many anthropologists have employed the term intuitively to point to their interlocutors’ standpoints. While the term &lt;em&gt;etic &lt;/em&gt;has largely disappeared with the decline of Marvin Harris’s cultural materialism, similar issues are raised in debates on comparative approaches. What is more, debates surrounding the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; distinction themselves constitute a fruitful object of study in that they provide important insights into the development of anthropological theory over more than six decades.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The explicit theoretical relevance of the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic &lt;/em&gt;distinction has progressively faded in anthropology since the 1990s. Yet in other disciplines, the terms have been used in a multiplicity of dimensions and sub-debates. As a result, they do not have a clear definition today. Rather, &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; are continuously appropriated and reinterpreted in various fields of the humanities and social sciences, often to express a range of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ontology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ontological&lt;/a&gt;, epistemological, and methodological standpoints. These fields include – in addition to the ones discussed above – cross-cultural psychology (e.g. Eckensberger 2015), &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt; (e.g. Ginzburg 2013), and management studies (e.g. Buckley 2014). One way to think about the &lt;em&gt;emic/etic&lt;/em&gt; distinction, then, is that it consists of two adaptable concepts that scholars employ to address issues salient in their disciplines. As such, they are part of on-going struggles between the quest for objectivity and the acknowledgment of its potential elusiveness. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Appel, H., N. Anand &amp;amp; A. Gupta 2018. Temporality, politics, and the promise of infrastructure. In &lt;em&gt;The promise of infrastructure&lt;/em&gt; (eds) N. Anand, A. Gupta &amp;amp; H. Appel, 1-38. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Berger, A.H., M.E.F. Bloch, A. de Ruijter, I.C Jarvie, J. O’Neill, I. Rossi, M. Sahlins, W.W. Stein &amp;amp; A.C.L. Zwaan 1976. Structural and eclectic revisions of Marxist strategy: a cultural materialist critique [and Comments and Reply]. &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;17&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 290-305.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bergunder, M. 2014. What is religion? The unexplained subject matter of religious studies. &lt;em&gt;Method &amp;amp; Theory in the Study of Religion&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;26&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 246-86.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beyer, J. 2016. &lt;em&gt;The force of custom: law and the ordering of everyday life in Kyrgyzstan&lt;/em&gt;. Pittsburgh: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Buckley, P.J. &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; 2015. A linguistic and philosophical analysis of emic and etic and their use in international business research. &lt;em&gt;Management International Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;54&lt;/strong&gt;, 307-24.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chryssides, G.D. &amp;amp; S.E. Gregg (eds.) 2019. &lt;em&gt;The insider/outsider debate: new perspectives in the study of religion&lt;/em&gt;. Sheffield: Equinox.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Colapinto, J. 2007. The interpreter: has a remote Amazonian tribe upended our understanding of language? (9 April). &lt;em&gt;The New Yorker&lt;/em&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Coole, D. &amp;amp; S. Frost (eds) 2010. &lt;em&gt;New materialisms: ontology, agency, and politics&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dalakoglou, D. 2017. &lt;em&gt;The road: an ethnography of im(mobility), space, and cross-border infrastructures in the Balkans&lt;/em&gt;. Manchester: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dundes, A. 1962. From etic to emic units in the structural study of folktales. &lt;em&gt;The Journal of American Folklore&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;75&lt;/strong&gt;(296), 95-105.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Durbin, M.A. 1972. Linguistic models in anthropology. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;, 382-410.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eckensberger, L.H. 2015. Integrating the emic (indigenous) with the etic (universal): a case of squaring the circle or for adopting a culture inclusive action theory perspective. &lt;em&gt;Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;45&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 108-40.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ellenzweig, S. &amp;amp; J.H. Zammito (eds) 2017. &lt;em&gt;The new politics of materialism: history, philosophy, science&lt;/em&gt;. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Everett, D. 2005. Cultural constraints on grammar and cognition in Pirahã: another look at the design features of human language. &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;46&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 621-46.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  2007. &lt;em&gt;Language: the cultural tool&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Vintage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  2016. &lt;em&gt;Dark matters of the mind&lt;/em&gt;: &lt;em&gt;the culturally articulated unconscious&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Feleppa, R. 1986. Emics, etics and social objectivity. &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;27&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 243-55.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Geertz, A. 1997. Hermeneutics in ethnography: lessons for the study of religion. In &lt;em&gt;Vergleichen und Verstehen in der Religionswissenschaft&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) H.-J. Klimkeit, 53-70. Wiesbaden: Harrassowitz Verlag.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Geertz, C. 1966. Religion as a cultural system. In &lt;em&gt;Anthropological approaches to the study of religion&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) M. Banton, 1-46. London: Tavistock Publications.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−− 1974. ‘From the native’s point of view’: on the nature of anthropological understanding. &lt;em&gt;Bulletin of the American Academy of Arts and Sciences&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;28&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 26-45.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gladigow, B. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Religionswissenschaft als Kulturwissenschaft&lt;/em&gt;. Stuttgart: Kohlhammer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ginzburg, C. 2013. Our words, and theirs: a reflection on the historian’s craft, today. &lt;em&gt;Cromohs Cyber Review of Modern Historiography&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;18&lt;/strong&gt;, 97-114.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  2017. On dichotomies. &lt;em&gt;HAU: Journal of Ethnographic Theory&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 139-42.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hahn, C. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Innensichten, Aussensichten, Einsichten: eine Rekonstruktion der Emic-Etic-Debatte&lt;/em&gt;. Aachen: Shaker.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Harris, M. 1964. &lt;em&gt;The nature of cultural things&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Random House.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1968. &lt;em&gt;The rise of anthropological theory: a history of theories of culture&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Thomas Y. Cromwell, 329-50.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1976. History and significance of the emic/etic distinction. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;5&lt;/strong&gt;, 329-50&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1979. &lt;em&gt;Cultural materialism: the struggle for a science of culture&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Random House.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1990a. Emics and etics revisited. In&lt;em&gt; Emics and etics: the insider/outsider debate&lt;/em&gt; (eds) T.N. Headland, K.L. Pike &amp;amp; M. Harris, 48-61. Newbury Park: Sage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1990b. Harris reply to Pike. In&lt;em&gt; Emics and etics: the insider/outsider debate&lt;/em&gt; (eds) T.N. Headland, K.L. Pike &amp;amp; M. Harris, 75-83. Newbury Park: Sage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1994. Cultural materialism is alive and well and won’t go away until something better comes along. In&lt;em&gt; Assessing cultural anthropology&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) R. Borofsky, 62-75. New York: McGraw Hill.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1999. &lt;em&gt;Theories of culture in postmodern times&lt;/em&gt;. Walnut Creek: Altamira Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Her, V. 2018. Reframing Hmong religion: a reflection on emic meanings and etic labels. &lt;em&gt;Amerasia Journal &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;44&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 23-41.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Heywood, P. 2017. The ontological turn. &lt;em&gt;The Cambridge Encyclopedia of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; (available on-line: http://doi.org/10.29164/17ontology).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Headland, T.N. 1990. Introduction: a dialogue between Kenneth Pike and Marvin Harris on emics and etics. In&lt;em&gt; Emics and etics: the insider/outsider debate&lt;/em&gt; (eds) T.N. Headland, K.L. Pike &amp;amp; M. Harris, 13-27. Newbury Park: Sage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  2001. Kenneth Lee Pike (1912–2000). &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;103&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 505-09.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jensen, J.S. 2011. Revisiting the insider–outsider debate: dismantling a pseudo-problem in the study of religion. &lt;em&gt;Method &amp;amp; Theory in the Study of Religion&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;23&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 29-47.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kassam, A. &amp;amp; A.B. Bashuna 2004. Marginalisation of the Waata Oromo hunter-gatherers of Kenya: insider and outsider perspectives. &lt;em&gt;Africa: Journal of the International African Institute &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;74&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 194-216.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Knauft, B. 2019. Good anthropology in dark times: critical appraisal and ethnographic application. &lt;em&gt;The Australian Journal of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;30&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 3-17.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kuznar, L.A. &amp;amp; S.K. Sanderson 2007. Introduction: the potentials and challenges of cultural materialism. In &lt;em&gt;Studying societies and cultures: Marvin Harris’ cultural materialism and its legacy&lt;/em&gt; (eds) L.A. Kuznar &amp;amp; S.K. Sanderson, 1-17. Boulder, Colo.: Paradigm Publishers.                                  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Latour, B. 1987. &lt;em&gt;Science in action: how to follow scientists and engineers through society&lt;/em&gt;. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  2005. &lt;em&gt;Reassembling the social: an introduction to actor-network-theory&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Levi-Strauss, C. 1972. Structuralism and ecology. &lt;em&gt;Social Sciences Information&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;12&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 7-23.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Luhmann, N. 2000. &lt;em&gt;Art as a social system&lt;/em&gt;. Palo Alto: Stanford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Malinowski, B. 1944. &lt;em&gt;A scientific theory of culture and other essays&lt;/em&gt;. Chapel Hill, N.C.: University of North Carolina Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1954. &lt;em&gt;Magic, science and religion, and other essays&lt;/em&gt;. Garden City, N.Y.: Doubleday.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Marcus, G.E. &amp;amp; M.M.J. Fischer 1999 [1986]. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology as cultural critique: an experimental moment in the human sciences&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;McCutcheon, R.T. (ed.) 1999. &lt;em&gt;The insider/outsider problem in the study of religion: a reader&lt;/em&gt;. London: Cassell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;McCutcheon, R.T. 1997. &lt;em&gt;Manufacturing religion: the discourse on sui generis religion and the politics of nostalgia&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Oxford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mostowlansky, T. &amp;amp; A. Rota 2016. A matter of perspective? Disentangling the emic−etic debate in the scientific study of religion\s. &lt;em&gt;Method &amp;amp; Theory in the Study of Religion &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;28&lt;/strong&gt;(4/5), 317-36.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pike, K.L. 1943. &lt;em&gt;Phonetics: a critical analysis of phonetic theory and a technique for the practical description of sounds&lt;/em&gt;. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1947. &lt;em&gt;Phonemic: a technique for reducing languages to writing&lt;/em&gt;. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1954. &lt;em&gt;Language in relation to a unified theory of the structure of human behavior, part 1&lt;/em&gt;. Glendale, Calif.: Summer Institute of Linguistics.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1962. &lt;em&gt;With heart and mind: a personal synthesis of scholarship and devotion&lt;/em&gt;. Grand Rapids, Mich.: Eerdmans.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1967. &lt;em&gt;Language in relation to a unified theory of the structure of human behavior&lt;/em&gt;. 2nd ed. The Hague: Mouton.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1982. &lt;em&gt;Linguistic concepts: an introduction to tagmemics&lt;/em&gt;. Lincoln, Neb.: University of Nebraska Press&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1990a. On the emics and etics of Pike and Harrris. In&lt;em&gt; Emics and etics: the insider/outsider debate&lt;/em&gt; (eds) T. Headland, K.L. Pike &amp;amp; M. Harris, 28-47. Newbury Park: Sage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1990b. Pike’s reply to Harris. In&lt;em&gt; Emics and etics: the insider/outsider debate&lt;/em&gt; (eds) T. Headland, K.L. Pike &amp;amp; M. Harris, 62-74. Newbury Park: Sage.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pyysiäinen, I. 2013. Cognitive science of religion: state-of-the-art. &lt;em&gt;Journal for the Cognitive Science of Religion&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 5-28.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Reiss, N. 1985. &lt;em&gt;Speech act taxonomy as a tool for ethnographic description: an analysis based on videotapes of continuous behavior in two New York households&lt;/em&gt;. Amsterdam: John Benjamins.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sahlins, M. 2017. In anthropology it’s emic all the way down. &lt;em&gt;HAU: Journal of Ethnographic Theory&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 157-63. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sapir, E. 1949 [1927]. The unconscious paterning of behavior in society. In &lt;em&gt;Selected writings of Edward Sapir in language, culture and personality&lt;/em&gt; (ed.) D.G. Mandelbaum, 544-59. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sutcliffe, S.J. 2019. The emics and etics of religion: what we know, how we know it and why this matters. In &lt;em&gt;The insider outsider debate: new perspectives in the study of religion&lt;/em&gt; (eds) G.D. Chryssides &amp;amp; S.E. Gregg&lt;em&gt;, &lt;/em&gt;30-59. Sheffield: Equinox.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sturtevant, W.C. 1964. Studies in ethnoscience. &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;66&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 99-131.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Swadesh, M. 1934. The phonemic principle. &lt;em&gt;Language &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;10&lt;/strong&gt;, 117-29.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tam, S. 2013. Sewerage’s reproduction of caste: the politics of coprology in Ahmedabad, India. &lt;em&gt;Radical History Review&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;116&lt;/strong&gt;, 5-30.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wiebe, D. 1984. The failure of nerve in the academic study of religion. &lt;em&gt;Studies in Religion &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;13&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 401-22.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;−−−−−  1999. &lt;em&gt;The politics of religious studies: the continuing conflict with theology in the academy&lt;/em&gt;. New York: St. Martin’s Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Winner, L. 1989. &lt;em&gt;The whale and the reactor: a search for limits in the age of high technology&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wise, M.R., T.N. Headland &amp;amp; R.M. Brend (eds) 2001. &lt;em&gt;Language and life: essays in memory of Kenneth L. Pike&lt;/em&gt;. Dallas: SIL International Publications in Linguistics.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Whitehouse, H. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Modes of religiosity: a cognitive theory of religious transmission&lt;/em&gt;. Walnut Creek, Calif.: AltaMira Press&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wolfe, T. 2016. &lt;em&gt;The kingdom of speech&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Little, Brown and Company.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributors&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Till Mostowlansky is a social anthropologist whose research interests include mobility, materiality, and religion as well as diverse practices of ‘doing good’ (e.g. development, charity, humanitarianism and philanthropy). He is author of &lt;em&gt;Azan on the moon: entangling modernity along Tajikistan’s Pamir Highway &lt;/em&gt;(University of Pittsburgh Press, 2017). His current project focusses on Muslim humanitarianism in the borderlands of Central and South Asia.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Department of Anthropology and Sociology, The Graduate Institute Geneva, Chemin Eugène-Rigot 2A, P.O. Box 1672, 1211 Geneva 1, Switzerland. till.mostowlansky@graduateinstitute.ch&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Andrea Rota is Assistant Professor at the Institute for the Science of Religion and director of the doctoral program “Global Studies” at the University of Bern. Previously, he held research and teaching positions at the Universities of Bayreuth, Fribourg, and Zurich. His work focuses on philosophical and sociological theories of religion, the entanglement of religion and science in the Long Sixties, and religious education.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Institute for the Science of Religion, University of Bern, Lerchenweg 36, 3012 Bern, Switzerland. andrea.rota@relwi.unibe.ch&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Sun, 29 Nov 2020 17:51:42 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Rebecca Tishler</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">1181 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Autism</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/autism</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/autism_large.jpg?itok=CC6qlxR5&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/body&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Body&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/disability&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Disability&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/identity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Identity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/community&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Community&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/senses&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Senses&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/language&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Language&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-6&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/subjectivity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Subjectivity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/ben-belek&quot;&gt;Ben Belek&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;The Hebrew University of Jerusalem&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;7&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Sep &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2019&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19aut&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/19aut&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;The concept of autism is historically contingent. It did not exist, in any proper sense, before it was invoked by medical and mental health professionals in the twentieth century. This entry aims to shed light on this relatively recent concept. First, it contextualises autism within the broader social, epistemological, and political circumstances of its emergence and ongoing negotiation, showing autism to be a dynamic concept, whose meaning is constantly in flux. Second, it revisits some of the more insightful or influential analyses that autism has received over the years in anthropology and adjacent disciplines. And third, it illustrates that anthropologists have been particularly attuned to everyday experiences of autism, comparing it to other forms of human difference while occupying an ambivalent stance towards biomedical approaches to it. A discussion on how autism might matter for the discipline of anthropology features very briefly in the conclusion.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Disciplinary landscapes&lt;/strong&gt; &lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Research into autism tends to cluster around two main analytic poles (see Solomon 2010). The epistemic gap between these analytic poles is considerable, and is sometimes discussed as a barrier to the advantageous progression of autism research at large (e.g. Orsini &amp;amp; Smith 2010, Raz &lt;em&gt;et al. &lt;/em&gt;2017, Yergeau 2010). On one end of the spectrum of autism research are the biomedical disciplines, which typically construe the condition as a neurodevelopmental disorder, and focus on those aspects of autism which they perceive as cognitive and social deficits. Research in these areas tends to address questions relating to the causality of autism, its underlying mechanisms, its symptoms, and its prevalence. Consequently, it promotes interventions of different kinds, working towards the development of better standardised diagnostic procedures for autism, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technologies&lt;/a&gt; for early detection, methods of behaviour therapy, and in some instances, pharmacological treatment. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;On the other analytic pole, there are those disciplines which include anthropology, sociology, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;history&lt;/a&gt;, rhetoric, geography, communication, gender studies, and disability studies. Scholars working in this tradition tend to view autism as a socio-political category, and a central component of individual experience and of social interaction. Studies produced within these disciplines thus focus on such spheres as language and sociality, identity and subjectivity, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21care&quot;&gt;care&lt;/a&gt; work and expertise, knowledge-making and meaning-making, while others go about challenging literature in the biomedically-inclined disciplines.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn1&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref1&quot;&gt;[1] &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;Moreover, within this analytic pole, autism self-advocacy occupies a crucial position, whereby autistic authors employ their experiential expertise, as well as social and literary theory and an oftentimes keen sense of social and cultural critique, to produce valuable scholarship. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The anthropological study of autism can be grounded in the broader field of the anthropology of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18disab&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;disability&lt;/a&gt;. The anthropology of disability has been slow to include cognitive disabilities within its purview (with the notable exception of Edgerton 1967). This may be the case because attempting to theorise cognitive difference anthropologically requires challenging one of the discipline&#039;s rarely disputed assumptions: that human beings all share similar cognitive capacities (McKearney &amp;amp; Zoanni 2018). Nevertheless, a body of literature has emerged over the past decades that focuses on such topics as dementia, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22intellectualdisability&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;intellectual disability&lt;/a&gt;, and mental illness, thereby accepting the challenge of envisioning collective life without assuming psychic unity. Anthropological studies of autism, in particular, can be said to constitute a cornerstone in this emerging anthropology of cognitive disability (McKearney &amp;amp; Zoanni 2018). They have also contributed to broader conversations in such subfields as psychological anthropology (e.g. Mattingly 2017), medical anthropology (e.g. Kaufman 2010), linguistic anthropology (e.g. Ochs &amp;amp; Solomon 2008), as well as social and cultural anthropology more broadly (e.g. Grinker 2007).  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In what follows, anthropological insights on autism will be joined with important insights from other disciplines. While anthropological engagements with autism are not necessarily unique in their underlying assumptions or styles of argumentation, they do share some distinct analytical and epistemological commitments. First among those is a systematic engagement with the narratives, experiences, and everyday actions of autistic people, as well as with the distinct social worlds they inhabit. Anthropology&#039;s insistence on &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt; carves an important analytical space that acknowledges the role of agency, controversy, and creativity in the category&#039;s enactment and negotiation. Also typical in the anthropology of autism are frequent reflections over the type of difference that the category of autism represents, and its comparability to other forms of difference – mainly, culture – with which the discipline has traditionally engaged. Thirdly, anthropologists working on autism have usually remained ambivalent towards the claims of the biomedical disciplines. Their general reluctance to either wholly reject these disciplines&#039; expertise or to uncritically accept it has afforded anthropologists a privileged position from which to attend to the epistemological dynamics surrounding autism. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The emergence of autism&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The shifting meanings of autism – as a concept with which to make sense of certain atypical tendencies, a label with which to characterise those who hold such tendencies, and a category into which those so labelled are typically classified – derive from the historical processes of its emergence and subsequent negotiations. The history of autism therefore illustrates its fluid and dynamic nature and highlights the centrality of socio-cultural processes to the category&#039;s emergence. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Though a detailed social-historical account of autism remains outside the scope of this entry (but see Evans 2017, Eyal &lt;em&gt;et al. &lt;/em&gt;2010, Feinstein 2010, Nadesan 2005, Silberman 2015, Silverman 2012, Waltz 2013), a brief outline seems warranted. The concept of ‘autism’ had made its first appearance in medical literature in 1911 in the work of the Swiss psychiatrist Eugen Bleuler, when it was construed as a symptom of childhood schizophrenia. The concept had mostly retained this meaning until 1943, when the Austrian-born American psychiatrist Leo Kanner published his article ‘Autistic disturbances of affective contact’. This was the very first publication in which autism (then ‘infantile autism’) was described as a distinct disorder, preceding by a single year a publication by Hans Asperger, a German psychiatrist, in which he described a quite similar condition which he termed ‘autistic psychopathy’. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the 1960s and 1970s, studies into the &#039;new&#039; syndrome were becoming increasingly common, yet there was still much confusion. Many researchers and clinicians still interpreted it as a type of schizophrenia, while diagnosticians often associated autistic traits with brain dysfunction, mental retardation, or child psychosis. The 1980s saw an increase in systematic research into autism, as researchers began to demonstrate a clear biological factor to the condition, refuting previous assertions about its supposed psychogenesis. By the 1990s, more rigorous evaluation criteria were being devised, and it became increasingly recognised that autism may be a life-long condition. Subsequently, the condition re-emerged as a neurological developmental disorder – the framing that governs much of the academic discourse today.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;An often-told fact about autism is the steep rise of its prevalence rates over the past three decades. It is this rise which has helped fuel false claims about the cause of the condition, including those concerning an alleged link between autism and vaccines (for critical accounts of such claims see Kaufman 2010, Offit 2008, Orsini &amp;amp; Smith 2010, Sobo 2015). Gil Eyal &lt;em&gt;et al. &lt;/em&gt;(2010)&lt;em&gt;, &lt;/em&gt;however, convincingly attribute this rise to the widening of the diagnostic criteria for autism, as well as to improved access to diagnostic services. The authors provide a focused review of the entries for autism in the &lt;em&gt;Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders &lt;/em&gt;(DSM), published by the American Psychiatric Association, demonstrating that its diagnostic criteria were becoming more inclusive with every new edition (see also Eyal 2013). It is through these broadening criteria that autism was increasingly being stretched into a &#039;spectrum&#039;, an idea originally coined by Lorna Wing &amp;amp; Judith Gould (1979) that has since become almost synonymous with the condition itself.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn2&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Autism&#039;s ontological status&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Currently, the term &#039;autism spectrum conditions&#039; has indeed come to represent a broad range of cognitive and behavioural atypicalities. Though it is generally accepted that the traits associated with the category of autism are shaped by genetic factors (e.g. Geschwind 2009), a focus on biological processes is fundamentally unsatisfactory in fully accounting for the phenomenon. The understanding, representation, and framing of autism significantly depend on variations in any society&#039;s hegemonic &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt;, conceptions of normality, dominant norms of social interaction, and organising structures of knowledge and classification. Autism, therefore, is an emergent product of interrelated social as well as biological processes (e.g. Eyal &lt;em&gt;et al&lt;/em&gt;. 2010, Grinker 2007, Nadesan 2005, Silverman 2012). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A popular way of making sense of the interplay between the natural and the socially constructed nature of autism is Ian Hacking&#039;s (1999) ‘looping effect’. Hacking conceives of people as ‘interactive kinds’ in the sense that they react to the categories, concepts or ideas which relate to them, and change as a result. Consequently, these categories and concepts need to be adjusted to these changes, in a continuous circle. Elsewhere, Hacking (2009a) has demonstrated a mechanism through which autism is thusly constantly reconstituted. This occurs as autobiographies by autistic authors affect the ways their autistic readers come to understand their own experiences &lt;em&gt;as &lt;/em&gt;autistic.&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn3&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref3&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[3]&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/a&gt;Eyal &lt;em&gt;et al. &lt;/em&gt;(2014) further acknowledge that the looping effect of autism goes beyond shaping its meaning formalistically through classification and description. Rather, the practical meaning of the label is constantly negotiated as shifting understandings of autism shape – and are then in turn shaped by – autistic people&#039;s experiences of their bodies, for example, their styles of interactions, and their daily habits.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another way to think about autism while considering both its biological and social-structural components is proposed by Elizabeth Fein (2015a). Fein holds that the condition we refer to as autism is at least in part shaped at the interface between a person’s natural tendencies and their social environments. She suggests that in many of today’s Western societies, where social relationships are based on choice rather than obligation, social difficulties at an early age might lead to exclusion and loneliness, as a child’s peers deny her their friendship. This social isolation leads to the exacerbation of the sometimes-subtle tendencies people may have already experienced, and so they are ultimately more likely to fall within the autism category. Damian Milton (2012) similarly focuses on the role of relationality in determining what constitutes autism. He reflects on the fact that both autistic and non-autistic people lack insight into the perceptions of the other, a disjuncture in reciprocity to which he refers as the &#039;double empathy problem&#039;. Yet despite this being a problem of reciprocity, the power imbalance between the groups enables one group to deem themselves normal, while the other group is reframed as indicating a social deficit.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn4&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref4&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref4&quot;&gt;[4]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Self-advocacy and the neurodiversity movement&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Contrary to the view of autism common in the biomedical and psychological disciplines, which considers it a deficit or impairment, approaches based on neurodiversity consider autism to be a natural expression of human diversity (see Bagatell 2007, Chamak 2008, Grinker 2007, Lawson 2008, Savarese 2013, Waltz &lt;em&gt;et al. &lt;/em&gt;2015). This view partly stems from the social model of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18disab&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;disability&lt;/a&gt; (Ginsburg &amp;amp; Rapp 2013, Oliver 1996, Shakespeare 2006), which acknowledges the crucial role of society and culture in shaping, if not constructing, the category and experience of disability. Neurodiversity advocates further suggest that much as there exists a diversity of gender or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22ethnicity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnicity&lt;/a&gt;, so there exists a diversity of cognitive structures; that is, of ways of being (see Arnold 2017, Baggs 2010, Limburg 2016, Milton 2012, Ne&#039;eman 2010, Prince 2010, Yergeau 2010, 2013, 2017). Autism, therefore, according to such claims, should be accepted, even celebrated.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn5&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref5&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref5&quot;&gt;[5]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While the neurodiversity paradigm and its accompanying discourses are varied and nuanced, several of its generally-accepted principles bear mentioning. First, neurodiversity proponents maintain that autism is an inseparable and integral part of the autistic person. It is in light of this view that many autistic authors express their explicit preference for identity-first language (i.e., autistic person), over person-first language (i.e., person with autism) (e.g. Lawson 2008, Milton &amp;amp; Lyte 2012). Moreover, imaginaries of a potential cure for autism, or of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25technology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;technologies&lt;/a&gt; of its prevention, are seen to constitute a form of intolerance and oppression. Another common attitude in neurodiversity discourse is a rejection of functioning labels with regards to autism. Advocates maintain that the binary distinction between high-functioning and low-functioning autism is not only simplistic, but that it may be wholly misleading (e.g. Milton &amp;amp; Lyte 2012, Murray 2009, Savarese &amp;amp; Savarese 2010, Yergeau 2010). ‘Functioning’, in the end, is contingent on societal expectation, access to support services, available assistive technology, and changing levels of comfort. Functioning may therefore not be a property of an individual, but a relational category (e.g. Williams 2006). Importantly, neurodiversity advocates further assert that autistic people ought to be included in all public discussions about the condition, from scientific inquiry, through media representation, to legislation and policy making: as per the central idiom in many disability rights movements, &#039;nothing about us without us&#039;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Identity, community, and subjectivity&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The idea of autism as a form of alterity lends itself to questions of identity, subjectivity, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16citizenship&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;citizenship&lt;/a&gt;, activism, and community, which have indeed stood as the basis of numerous anthropological studies. A major paradigm from which autistic people draw their self-definition is the neuroscientific discourse; for example, in adopting the view that autism implies an atypical wiring of the brain. According to Francisco Ortega (2009: 426), this preference reflects a diffusion of neuroscientific claims that extends beyond the laboratory and into various social domains. This cerebralised self-definition of autistic people may constitute the very basis of popular claims for ‘&lt;em&gt;neuro&lt;/em&gt;diversity’ (see also Ortega 2013, Ortega &amp;amp; Choudhury 2011).&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn6&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref6&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref6&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[6]&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/a&gt;Yet alongside the neurodiversity discourse, which values taking pride in one’s difference, there also exists the biomedical discourse, which values sameness, normalcy, and efforts to conform. Nancy Bagatell (2007) has thus pointed out that what best characterises the process of identity construction among autistic people is the active and difficult orchestrating of these mostly opposing &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voices&lt;/a&gt;. In other words, assuming an autistic identity is ultimately an active process driven by personal agency and choice. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Such biology-based discourses on autism might also serve as a powerful source of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt;. In assuming an identity constructed around neuroscience, members of the neurodiversity movement question the notion that impairment is objective or absolute (Brownlow &amp;amp; O’Dell 2013). Activists thus appropriate whatever biological basis autism may have – precisely that which according to a deficit model would be considered the cause of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18disab&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;disability&lt;/a&gt; – and negotiate its meaning, turning it into a positive. Biological essentialism here serves to claim a natural difference between themselves and the hegemonic majority. Citizenship, the authors claim – neurobiological citizenship, in this case – is reflected by people asserting the freedom to negotiate a governing regime, and alternately reject it, accept it or withdraw from it entirely.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn7&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref7&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref7&quot;&gt;[7]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The distinctive possibilities for sociality supported by digital media have offered people with disabilities new opportunities for self-expression and self-determination. Such collective creations play a role in producing social spaces that are inclusive of the fact of disability, thereby expanding our understanding of what it means for people with disabilities to be human (Ginsburg 2012). Autistic people’s shared experiential backgrounds, along with a shared identity &lt;em&gt;as &lt;/em&gt;autistic, are thus conductive of a collective voice (Davidson 2008). It is significant that these processes occur online; a social landscape where the communication difficulties associated with autism become less emphasised. Online media, moreover, has allowed autistic people to communicate freely without ‘betraying their autism’ (Antze 2010: 317) by obliging themselves to make eye-contact, for example, or suppressing their atypical body language; without, that is, pretending to be ‘normal’. Under the mostly discursive, predictable, and asimultaneous conditions of online communication, autism need not be an obstacle to communicating successfully, nor to forming relationships or establishing communities.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn8&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref8&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref8&quot;&gt;[8]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Yet while the role of the internet in affording the emergence of autistic communities should not be downplayed, such community building is not restricted to online spaces. Notable examples of actual spaces designed by autistic adults in order to accommodate the preferences and tendencies of those on the autism spectrum – conducive of what might be called an autistic culture (Dekker 1999, Sinclair 2010) – include Autreat (see Sinclair 2005), and its British counterpart, Autscape.&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn9&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref9&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref9&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[9]&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/a&gt;A fascinating example of one such social spaces is a summer camp for autistic youth dedicated to live-action roleplaying &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19games&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;games&lt;/a&gt;, which was explored &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographically&lt;/a&gt; by Fein (2015b). A ‘folk healing system’, as she deems it, the camp, with its games and accompanying mythologies, offers a rich assemblage of cultural resources: characters, themes, and narratives. Players draw from these sources to metaphorically conceptualise and express their turbulent experiences. Fein further notes that this sociocultural ecology of the camp – with its predictable structures and relational commitments – allows campers to reformulate the challenges associated with autism, transforming them from sources of estrangement into opportunities for mutual recognition and shared enjoyment. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;More insight on subjectivity and citizenship in the context of autism comes from authors who engage with the autism rights movement from a gender perspective. Kristin Bumiller (2008) considers the implications of the attempted normalization of autistic people – which among other things includes attempts to eliminate supposedly ‘wrong’ gender behaviour – and analyses autistic activists’ rejection thereof. She argues that the neurodiversity movement offers a unique contribution to the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/25democracy&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;democratic&lt;/a&gt; political system, in illustrating that notions of citizenship need not be based on sameness (as it is sometimes imagined) nor on difference (as notions of diversity in other contexts often imply). This is because both sameness and difference imply a ‘norm’ against which people’s individual value is measured. Instead, autistic people&#039;s &#039;quirky&#039; citizenship is to be based on inclusion, acceptance, and individual roles and contributions to civic life.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn10&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref10&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref10&quot;&gt;[10]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Language and sociality &lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Autism is characterised by an equivocal relationship with typical, i.e. symbolic and conventionalised, language. For both Dawn Prince (2010), an autistic anthropologist and Amanda Baggs (2010), an autistic self-advocate, conventional language is neither natural nor intuitive but partial and constraining. In their respective works, the authors articulate their preference for unconventional linguistic structures: modes of non-symbolic connection to the world that nevertheless capture its beauty and the richness of worldly experience. In light of these different linguistic styles commonly found among autistic people, they often experience difficulties in their attempts to make sense of social etiquette. And although many autistic people work continuously to uncover the underlying principles of social rules, they frequently remain unsuccessful in putting this knowledge into practice. As a result, they turn to shaping their social environments in an attempt to redefine the terms under which the appropriateness of their actions is evaluated. Failure to abide by etiquette should therefore be taken not as mere lack of success, but at least in part as deliberate action and contemplative craft (Belek 2018).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elinor Ochs &lt;em&gt;et al. &lt;/em&gt;(2004) have also discussed their autistic interlocutors&#039; difficulties pertaining to &#039;social function&#039;. They note that the skills required to converse successfully with each other exceed knowledge of interpersonal communication, to also involve the &#039;socio-cultural knowledge&#039; necessary for appropriately inferring indexical signs. Autistic people&#039;s reduced ability to make sense of some utterances or events, and to react in a conventionally appropriate manner, is to a large extent due to their difficulty in drawing upon knowledge of social context. Such social misconduct, and how autistic children account for it, is the focus of a study by Karen Sirota (2004), who demonstrates the ways in which parents use various expressions of accountability (such as justifications, apologies, or excuses) when instructing their children on how to navigate breaches of etiquette. Yet seeing as accountability is a highly context-specific practice, its effectiveness as a remedy depends on understanding the particular conditions of its use. In the context of autism and the frequent unpredictability that accompanies it, the success of this strategy is limited (see also Ochs &amp;amp; Solomon 2008).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Some autistic authors articulate their arguably unique connection with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18animals&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animals&lt;/a&gt; (e.g. Grandin &amp;amp; Johnson 2009, Prince-Hughes 2004). Interactions with horses, for example, are said to enable various types of social behaviours and &quot;open-up&quot; autistic children to interactions they would otherwise typically avoid (Malcolm &lt;em&gt;et al. &lt;/em&gt;2018). Equine therapy thus facilitates a form of multi-species intersubjectivity, leading the way to novel possibilities for dynamic attunements between autistic and non-autistic people.&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn11&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref11&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref11&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[11]&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/a&gt;Recently, the increasingly popular imaginaries of social robots as appropriate companions for autistic children has also been attended to. This notion is grounded in the persistent view of human sociality – especially where autistic people are concerned – as somehow mechanistic (see also Milton 2014). Yet others (e.g. Richardson 2018) contend that human to human attachment is in fact crucial to happiness and wellbeing. A successful therapeutic relationship depends on mutual trust, compassion, and empathy, and is therefore not replaceable by the ontologically divergent interactions between human and machine.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Body and senses&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Various bodily attributions are common in autism: sensory sensitivity; a tendency towards repetitive movement, sometimes referred to as self-stimulating behaviours or ‘stimming’; and an atypical gait or posture, to name just a few examples. Autistic children have been shown in some cases to assume a laborious role when attempting to coordinate their (often atypical) bodily actions with societal expectations (Solomon 2011). Analysing video footage of a 9-year-old autistic girl interacting with classmates in the playground, Ochs (2015) has noted this minimally verbal child&#039;s continually alternating bodily responses to the social situations developing around and towards her. This constant awareness of one&#039;s own body – as an experiencing subject as well as an object exposed to the gaze of others – is what Ochs refers to as a form of corporeal reflexivity. In a similar engagement with corporal reflexivity in autism, it has been shown that autistic adults work to produce distinctions between bodily experiences of distress that they previously experienced as undistinguishable (Belek 2019a). Through a process of bodily cultivation, autistic adults come to design a specialised vocabulary – which includes such terms as trigger, overload, meltdown and shutdown – through which to attune more precisely and concretely to their atypical somatic sensations. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Autism around the world&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Until quite recently, the anthropology of autism has focused primarily on the sociocultural conditions and implications of the category in Anglophone settings. This regional bias can be said to have set the tone for the discipline&#039;s engagement with the topic at large, further evidenced by scholars&#039; frequent lack of acknowledgement that such a regional bias does in fact exist. Majia Nadesan (2005), among others, accentuates the crucial role that specific sociocultural, political, and epistemological developments in twentieth century Europe and North America had played in the emergence of autism. These include major shifts in psychiatric paradigms, as well as changing formulations of the category of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20child&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;childhood&lt;/a&gt; and the resulting alterations of the perceived goals of early education. ‘Autism’, she thus argues, ‘could not have emerged in the nineteenth century … because within the diagnostic categories of nineteenth century (and earlier) thought, autism was unthinkable’ (2005: 3). Although Nadesan does not press this point, her historical narratives indicate that the statement holds equally true concerning not only the temporal, but also the geographical and geopolitical locations of the category&#039;s emergence. However, over the past two generations, autism diagnoses have become increasingly common throughout the world (e.g. Elsabbagh &lt;em&gt;et al. &lt;/em&gt;2012).  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Consequently, several anthropological studies have set about to explore the particular enactments of autism in more diverse geographic, cultural, and political contexts.&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn12&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref12&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref12&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[12]&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/a&gt;Ariel Cascio (2015a) is one example, as she analyses the use of the concept of rigidity by Italian professionals involved in providing therapy for autistic children. These practitioners frequently describe their clients as rigid, and consider rigidity a potential pitfall in their own work in autism service provision. By creating this semantic overlap between the experiences of people on the autism spectrum and their own, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20pros&quot;&gt;professionals&lt;/a&gt; open up a space of similarity between neurotypicals and autistic people, a rhetorical strategy which allows them to reflect more closely upon their work, while working to bridge the gap between the two groups. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In South Korea, local connotations and interpretations of autism lead mothers to resist thinking about their children as autistic (Grinker &amp;amp; Cho 2013). These South Korean mothers frequently attempt to battle exclusion and mitigate stigma in a society that values conformity, while also having to excuse their children’s difficulties in school in an environment that reveres academic excellence. Owing to their understandable reluctance, under such circumstances, to accept the label of autism, a local lay diagnostic concept has emerged; that of ‘border children’. Inconsistent with Western diagnostic classification, this emerging label has proven powerful in allowing mothers to reconcile their ambivalence to the label of autism with its implications of permanence and certainty, framing the condition instead as uncertain, contingent, and temporary. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This rejection of the label of ‘autism’ has also been described in an American context. Challenging the ethnic bias in the anthropology of autism, Cheryl Mattingly (2017) focuses on a family forced to deal with both &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt; and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18disab&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;disability&lt;/a&gt;: an African-American mother and her autistic child. Here, racial stereotyping, joined with a narrow view of autism, confines the child&#039;s conceivable future possibilities; thus teaching the child, in his mother&#039;s view, to internalise the fearful potentiality of his ‘becoming nothing’. Structurally visible threats associated with race and class are thus shown by Mattingly to play a central role in the opportunities presented to an autistic child as they enter adulthood.&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn13&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref13&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref13&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[13]&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/a&gt;In light of this, it is claimed that refusing to accept an autism diagnosis might be the most logical means of protection from the pernicious threat posed by the entwinement of race and disability in certain social settings.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropologists studying autism approach their object of study as they do other forms of human difference. They have employed such common heuristic frameworks as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21phenomenology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;phenomenology&lt;/a&gt;, ethnomethodology, interpretivism, and critical theory to explore autistic subjectivities, experiences, bodies, and narratives, as well as the motivations and significations of other actors involved in shaping the condition. Yet one aspect of the phenomenon we call autism seems to call for a specialised interpretive framework: namely, its existence as both a historically contingent social construct, and as a name and category for underlying biological, neurological, and genetic conditions. It is predominantly this tension, never quite resolvable, that has led scholars to characterise autism as an uncertain entity (Hollin 2017b), a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18disab&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;disability&lt;/a&gt; of context (Prince 2010), a disease and an epidemic of signification (Kaufman 2010, David &amp;amp; Orsini 2013) and an epidemic of discovery (Grinker 2007).&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn14&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref14&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref14&quot;&gt;&lt;sup&gt;[14]&lt;/sup&gt; &lt;/a&gt;Indeed, Ian Hacking may not have exaggerated when proposing, in reference to autism, that ‘we are participating in a living experiment in concept formation of a sort that does not come more than once in a dozen lifetimes’ (2009b: 506).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The anthropological literature recounted above constitutes a crucial step towards our better understanding of autism and of the people to whom this concept is said to apply. Yet the notion of neurodiversity might suggest that anthropologists should go further. They may want to incorporate their emerging understanding of autism into a broader analytical perspective in which the category of autism is no longer thematically and theoretically isolated. What may be needed is not only an anthropology of autism, but an anthropology &lt;em&gt;with &lt;/em&gt;autism. As it was put by Richard Grinker,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;We need to focus attention on the anthropological study of a form of difference that has previously been conceived of as lying outside the realm of the social. The concept of &quot;diversity,&quot; with all its positive connotations of acceptance and celebration of difference, need not only apply to gender, race, ethnicity, and religion. We can also begin to celebrate a diversity of minds (2010: 177). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Acknowledgements&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;I thank the entry&#039;s editor and reviewers for improving greatly on this text. Especially, I am grateful for their pointing out to me the discipline&#039;s bias to studying autism predominantly in Western English-speaking settings.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Arnold, L. 2017. A brief history of ‘Neurodiversity’ as a concept and perhaps a movement. &lt;em&gt;Autonomy &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;(5), online (available at: http://www.larry-arnold.net/Autonomy/index.php/autonomy/article/view/AR23/html). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Angell, A.M. &amp;amp; O. Solomon 2017. ‘If I was a different ethnicity, would she treat me the same?’: Latino parents’ experiences obtaining autism services. &lt;em&gt;Disability &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;32&lt;/strong&gt;(8), 1142-64.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Antze, P. 2010. On the pragmatics of empathy in the neurodiversity movement. In &lt;em&gt;Ordinary ethics: anthropology, language, and action &lt;/em&gt;(ed.) M. Lambek, 310-27. New York: Fordham University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Asperger, H. 1991. &#039;Autistic psychopathy&#039; in childhood (trans. U. Frith). In &lt;em&gt;Autism and Asperger syndrome &lt;/em&gt;(ed.) U. Frith, 37-92. Cambridge: University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Badone, E., D. Nicholas, W. Roberts &amp;amp; P. Kien 2016. Asperger’s syndrome, subjectivity and the senses. &lt;em&gt;Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;40&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 475-506.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bagatell, N. 2007. Orchestrating voices: autism, identity and the power of discourse. &lt;em&gt;Disability &amp;amp; Society &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;22&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 413-26.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2010. From cure to community: transforming notions of autism. &lt;em&gt;Ethos &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;38&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 33-55.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Baggs, A. 2010. Cultural commentary: up in the clouds and down in the valley: my richness and yours. &lt;em&gt;Disability Studies Quarterly&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;30&lt;/strong&gt;(1), online (available at: http://www.dsq-sds.org/article/view/1052/1238)&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Belek, B. 2013. &lt;em&gt;I believe it can change the way things are. Identity constructions among video-bloggers with Asperger’s syndrome on YouTube&lt;/em&gt;. Diemen: AMB Publishers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2017. I feel, therefore I matter: emotional rhetoric and autism self-advocacy. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology Now &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 57-69.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2018. Autism and the proficiency of social ineptitude&lt;span dir=&quot;RTL&quot;&gt;:&lt;/span&gt;probing the rules of ‘appropriate’ behavior. &lt;em&gt;Ethos &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;46&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 161-79.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2019a. Articulating sensory sensitivity: from bodies with autism to autistic bodies. &lt;em&gt;Medical Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;38&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 30-43.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2019b (forthcoming). Autism from an anthropological perspective. &lt;em&gt;Philosophy, Psychiatry and Psychology.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bettelheim, B. 1967. &lt;em&gt;The empty fortress: infantile autism and the birth of the self&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Free Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bilu, Y. &amp;amp; Y.C. Goodman 1997. What does the soul say?: metaphysical uses of facilitated communication in the Jewish ultraorthodox community. &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;25&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 375-407.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Brezis, R.S., T.S. Weisner, T.C. Daley, N. Singhal, M. Barua &amp;amp; S.P. Chollera 2015. Parenting a child with autism in India: narratives before and after a parent–child intervention program. &lt;em&gt;Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;39&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 277-98.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Brownlow, C. 2010. Re-presenting autism: the construction of ‘NT syndrome’. &lt;em&gt;Journal of Medical Humanities&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;31&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 243-55.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; L. O&#039;Dell 2006. Constructing an autistic identity: AS voices online. &lt;em&gt;Mental Retardation &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;44&lt;/strong&gt;(5), 315-21.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; L. O&#039;Dell 2013. Autism as a form of biological citizenship. In &lt;em&gt;Worlds of autism: across the spectrum of neurological difference &lt;/em&gt;(eds) J. Davidson &amp;amp; M. Orsini, 97-114. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bumiller, K. 2008. Quirky citizens - autism, gender, and reimagining disability. &lt;em&gt;Signs &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;33&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 967-91.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2009. The geneticization of autism: from new reproductive technologies to the conception of genetic normalcy. &lt;em&gt;Signs &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;34&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 875-99.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cascio, M.A. 2015a. Rigid therapies, rigid minds: Italian professionals’ perspectives on autism interventions. &lt;em&gt;Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;39&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 235-53.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2015b. Cross-cultural autism studies, neurodiversity, and conceptualizations of autism.&lt;em&gt;Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;39&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 207-12.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Chamak, B. 2008. Autism and social movements: French parents’ associations and international autistic individuals’ organisations. S&lt;em&gt;ociology of Health &amp;amp; Illness&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;30&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 76-96.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cheslack-Postava, K. &amp;amp; R.M. Jordan-Young 2012. Autism spectrum disorders: toward a gendered embodiment model. &lt;em&gt;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;74&lt;/strong&gt;, 1667-74.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Clarke, J. &amp;amp; G. van Amerom 2007. &#039;Surplus suffering’: differences between organizational understandings of Asperger’s syndrome and those people who claim the ‘disorder&#039;. &lt;em&gt;Disability &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;22&lt;/strong&gt;(7), 761-76.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Daley, T.C., T. Weisner &amp;amp; N. Singhal 2014. Adults with autism in India: a mixed-method approach to make meaning of daily routines. &lt;em&gt;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;116&lt;/strong&gt;, 142-9.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Davidson, J. 2007. ‘In a world of her own…’: re-presenting alienation and emotion in the lives and writings of women with autism. &lt;em&gt;Gender, Place and Culture &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;14&lt;/strong&gt;(6), 659-77.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2008. Autistic culture online: virtual communication and cultural expression on the spectrum. &lt;em&gt;Social &amp;amp; Cultural Geography &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;(7), 791-806. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; V.L. Henderson 2010. ‘Coming out’ on the spectrum: autism, identity and disclosure. &lt;em&gt;Social &amp;amp; Cultural Geography&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;11&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 155-70.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; M. Orsini 2013. Introduction: critical autism studies: notes on an emerging field. In &lt;em&gt;Worlds of autism: across the spectrum of neurological difference &lt;/em&gt;(eds) J. Davidson &amp;amp; M. Orsini, 1-29. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; M. Smith 2009. Autistic autobiographies and more-than-human emotional geographies. &lt;em&gt;Environment and Planning D: Society and Space&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;27&lt;/strong&gt;(5), 898-916.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; S. Tamas 2016. Autism and the ghost of gender. &lt;em&gt;Emotion, Space and Society&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;19&lt;/strong&gt;, 59-65.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dekker, M. 1999. On our own terms: emerging autistic culture. In &lt;em&gt;Conferencia en línea &lt;/em&gt;(available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;http://www.autscape.org/2015/programme/handouts/Autistic-Culture-07-Oct-1999.pdf&quot;&gt;http://www.autscape.org/2015/programme/handouts/Autistic-Culture-07-Oct-1999.pdf&lt;/a&gt;). Accessed 9 December 2018. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Draaisma, D. 2009. Stereotypes of autism. &lt;em&gt;Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London B: Biological Sciences&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;364&lt;/strong&gt;(1522), 1475-80.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Edgerton, R.B. 1967. &lt;em&gt;The cloak of competence: stigma in the lives of the mentally retarded. &lt;/em&gt;Berkley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Elsabbagh, M., G. Divan, Y. Koh, Y.S. Kim, S. Kauchali, C. Marcín, C. Montiel-Nava, V. Patel, C.S. Paula, C. Wang, M.T. Yasamy, &amp;amp; E. Fombonne 2012. Global epidemiology of autism. &lt;em&gt;Autism Research &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;5&lt;/strong&gt;, 160-79.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Evans, B. 2017. &lt;em&gt;The metamorphosis of autism: a history of child development in Britain&lt;/em&gt;. Manchester: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eyal, G. 2013. For a sociology of expertise: the social origins of the autism epidemic. &lt;em&gt;American Journal of Sociology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;118&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 863-907.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———, B. Hart, E. Onculer, N. Oren &amp;amp; N. Rossi 2010. &lt;em&gt;The autism matrix: the social origins of the autism epidemic. &lt;/em&gt;Cambridge: Polity Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———, D. Fitzgerald, E. Gillis-Buck, B. Hart, M. D. Lappé, D. Navon &amp;amp; S.S. Richardson 2014. New modes of understanding and acting on human difference in autism research, advocacy and care: introduction to a special issue of &lt;em&gt;BioSocieties&lt;/em&gt;. &lt;em&gt;BioSocieties &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 233-40.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fein, E. 2011. Innocent machines: Asperger&#039;s syndrome and the neurostructural self. In &lt;em&gt;Sociological reflections on the neurosciences &lt;/em&gt;(eds) M. Pickersgill &amp;amp; I. Van Keulen, 27-49. Bingley: Emerald Group Publishing Limited.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2015a. &#039;No one has to be your friend&#039;: Asperger&#039;s syndrome and the vicious cycle of social disorder in late modern identity markets.&lt;em&gt;Ethos &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;43&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 82-107.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2015b. Making meaningful worlds: role-playing subcultures and the autism spectrum. &lt;em&gt;Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;39&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 299-321.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Feinstein, A. 2011. &lt;em&gt;A history of autism: conversations with the pioneers&lt;/em&gt;. Chichester: John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fitzgerald, D. 2013. The affective labour of autism neuroscience: entangling emotions, thoughts and feelings in a scientific research practice. &lt;em&gt;Subjectivity &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;6&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 131-52.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2014. The trouble with brain imaging: hope, uncertainty and ambivalence in the neuroscience of autism. &lt;em&gt;BioSocieties &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 241-61.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2017. &lt;em&gt;Tracing autism: uncertainty, ambiguity, and the affective labor of neuroscience&lt;/em&gt;. Seattle: University of Washington Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Foucault, M. 1998. &lt;em&gt;The will to knowledge: the history of sexuality vol. I. &lt;/em&gt;London: Penguin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Geschwind, D.H. 2009. Advances in autism. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Medicine &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;60&lt;/strong&gt;, 367-80.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Giles, D.C. 2014. ‘DSM-V is taking away our identity’: the reaction of the online community to the proposed changes in the diagnosis of Asperger’s disorder. &lt;em&gt;Health&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;18&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 179-95.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gillis-Buck, E.M. &amp;amp; S.S. Richardson 2014. Autism as a biomedical platform for sex differences research. &lt;em&gt;BioSocieties &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 262-83.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ginsburg F. 2012. Disability in the digital age. In &lt;em&gt;Digital anthropology &lt;/em&gt;(eds) D. Miller &amp;amp; H. Horst, 101-26. London: Berg.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; R. Rapp 2013. Disability worlds. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;42&lt;/strong&gt;, 53-68.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Goldman, S. 2013. Opinion: sex, gender and the diagnosis of autism—a biosocial view of the male preponderance. &lt;em&gt;Research in Autism Spectrum Disorders &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt;(6), 675-9.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Grandin, T. &amp;amp; C. Johnson 2009. &lt;em&gt;Animals in translation: using the mysteries of autism to decode animal behavior&lt;/em&gt;. Albany: SUNY Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Grinker, R.R. 2007. &lt;em&gt;Unstrange minds: remapping the world of autism&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Basic Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2010. Commentary: on being autistic, and social. &lt;em&gt;Ethos &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;38&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 172-8. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; K. Cho 2013. Border children: interpreting autism spectrum disorder in South Korea. &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;41&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 46-74.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hacking, I. 1999. &lt;em&gt;The social construction of what? &lt;/em&gt;Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2009a. Autistic autobiography. &lt;em&gt;Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London. Series B, Biological Sciences &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;364&lt;/strong&gt;(1522), 1467-73. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2009b. How we have been learning to talk about autism: a role for stories. &lt;em&gt;Metaphilosophy &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;40&lt;/strong&gt;, 499-516. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2009c. Humans, aliens &amp;amp; autism. &lt;em&gt;Daedalus&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;138&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 44-59.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hart, B. 2014. Autism parents &amp;amp; neurodiversity: radical translation, joint embodiment and the prosthetic environment. &lt;em&gt;BioSocieties&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 284-303.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hollin, G. 2014. Constructing a social subject: autism and human sociality in the 1980s. &lt;em&gt;History of the Human Sciences&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;27&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 98-115.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2016. Social studies of autism. &lt;em&gt;eLS &lt;/em&gt;(available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470015902.a0026603&quot;&gt;https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470015902.a0026603&lt;/a&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2017a. Failing, hacking, passing: autism, entanglement, and the ethics of transformation. &lt;em&gt;BioSocieties &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;12&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 611-33.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2017b. Autistic heterogeneity: linking uncertainties and indeterminacies. &lt;em&gt;Science as culture &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;26&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 209-31.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; A. Pilnick 2015. Infancy, autism, and the emergence of a socially disordered body. &lt;em&gt;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;143&lt;/strong&gt;, 279-86.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jack, J. 2011. &quot;The extreme male brain?&quot; Incrementum and the rhetorical gendering of autism. &lt;em&gt;Disability Studies Quarterly&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;31&lt;/strong&gt;(3), online (available at: http://dsq-sds.org/article/view/1672/1599). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2014. &lt;em&gt;Autism and gender: from refrigerator mothers to computer geeks&lt;/em&gt;. Champaign: University of Illinois Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kanner, L. 1943. Autistic disturbances of affective contact. &lt;em&gt;Nervous child&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 217-50.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kaufman, S.R. 2010. Regarding the rise in autism: vaccine safety doubt, conditions of inquiry, and the shape of freedom. &lt;em&gt;Ethos &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;38&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 8-32. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kim, H.U. 2012. Autism across cultures: rethinking autism. &lt;em&gt;Disability &amp;amp; Society &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;27&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 535-45.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Krahn, T.M. &amp;amp; A. Fenton 2012. The extreme male brain theory of autism and the potential adverse effects for boys and girls with autism. &lt;em&gt;The Journal of Bioethical Inquiry &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;, 93-103. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lappé, M.D. 2014. Taking care: anticipation, extraction and the politics of temporality in autism science. &lt;em&gt;BioSocieties&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 304-28.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lawlor, M.C. &amp;amp; O. Solomon 2017. A phenomenological approach to the cultivation of expertise: emergent understandings of autism. &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;45&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 232-49.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lawson, W. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Concepts of normality: the autistic and typical spectrum&lt;/em&gt;. London: Jessica Kingsley.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Limburg, J. 2016. ‘But that’s just what you can’t do’: personal reflections on the construction and management of identity following a late diagnosis of Asperger syndrome. &lt;em&gt;Life Writing &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;13&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 141-50.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Malcolm, R., S. Ecks &amp;amp; M. Pickersgill 2018. ‘It just opens up their world’: autism, empathy, and the therapeutic effects of equine interactions. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology &amp;amp; medicine&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;25&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 220-34.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mattingly, C. 2017. Autism and the ethics of care: a phenomenological investigation into the contagion of nothing. &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;45&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 250-70.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;McDonagh, P. 2013. Autism in an age of empathy: a cautionary critique. In &lt;em&gt;Worlds of autism: across the spectrum of neurological difference &lt;/em&gt;(eds) J. Davidson &amp;amp; M. Orsini, 31-52. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;McKearney, P. &amp;amp; T. Zoanni 2018. Introduction: for an anthropology of cognitive disability. &lt;em&gt;The Cambridge Journal of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;36&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 1-22.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Milton, D.E. 2012. On the ontological status of autism: the ‘double empathy problem’. &lt;em&gt;Disability &amp;amp; Society &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;27&lt;/strong&gt;(6), 883-7.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2014. Autistic expertise: a critical reflection on the production of knowledge in autism studies. &lt;em&gt;Autism&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;18&lt;/strong&gt;(7), 794-802.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; Lyte 2012. The normalisation agenda and the psycho-emotional disablement of autistic people. &lt;em&gt;Autonomy &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;(1), online (available at: https://kar.kent.ac.uk/62638/). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Molloy, H. &amp;amp; L. Vasil 2002. The social construction of Asperger syndrome: the pathologising of difference? &lt;em&gt;Disability &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;17&lt;/strong&gt;(6), 659-69.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Murray, S. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Representing autism: culture, narrative, fascination&lt;/em&gt;. Oxford: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2009. Autism functions/the function of autism. &lt;em&gt;Disability Studies Quarterly&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;30&lt;/strong&gt;(1), online (available at: http://dsq-sds.org/article/view/1048/1229). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nadesan, M. 2005. &lt;em&gt;Constructing autism: unravelling the “truth” and understanding the social&lt;/em&gt;. Abingdon: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2013. Autism and genetics: profit, risk, and bare life. In &lt;em&gt;Worlds of autism: across the spectrum of neurological difference &lt;/em&gt;(eds) J. Davidson &amp;amp; M. Orsini, 117-42. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Navon, D. &amp;amp; G. Eyal 2014. The trading zone of autism genetics: examining the intersection of genomic and psychiatric classification. &lt;em&gt;BioSocieties &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 329-52.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2016. Looping genomes: diagnostic change and the genetic makeup of the autism population. &lt;em&gt;American Journal of Sociology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;121&lt;/strong&gt;(5), 1416-71.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ne&#039;eman, A. 2010. The future (and the past) of autism advocacy, or why the ASA’s magazine,&lt;em&gt;The Advocate&lt;/em&gt;, wouldn&#039;t publish this piece. &lt;em&gt;Disability Studies Quarterly &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;30&lt;/strong&gt;(1), online (available at: http://dsq-sds.org/article/view/1059/1244). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ochs, E. 2015. Corporeal reflexivity and autism. &lt;em&gt;Integrative Psychological and Behavioral Science &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;49&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 275-87.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———, T. Kremer-Sadlik, K. Gainer Sirota &amp;amp; O. Solomon 2004. Autism and the social world: an anthropological perspective. &lt;em&gt;Discourse studies &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;6&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 147-83.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; O. Solomon 2008. Practical logic and autism. In &lt;em&gt;A companion to psychological anthropology: modernity and psychocultural change &lt;/em&gt;(eds) C. Casey &amp;amp; R.B. Edgerton, 140-67. Malden: Blackwell.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2010. Autistic sociality. &lt;em&gt;Ethos&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;38&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 69-92.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;O’Dell, L., H. Bertilsdotter Rosqvist, F. Ortega, C. Brownlow &amp;amp; M. Orsini 2016. Critical autism studies: exploring epistemic dialogues and intersections, challenging dominant understandings of autism. &lt;em&gt;Disability &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;31&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 166-79.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Offit, P.A. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Autism&#039;s false prophets: bad science, risky medicine, and the search for a cure&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Oliver, M. 1996. &lt;em&gt;Understanding disability: from theory to practice&lt;/em&gt;. London: Palgrave.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ortega, F. 2009. The cerebral subject and the challenge of neurodiversity. &lt;em&gt;BioSocieties &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 425-45. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2013. Cerebralizing autism within the neurodiversity movement. In &lt;em&gt;Worlds of autism: across the spectrum of neurological difference &lt;/em&gt;(eds) J. Davidson &amp;amp; M. Orsini, 73-96. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; S. Choudhury 2011. ‘Wired up differently’: autism, adolescence and the politics of neurological identities. &lt;em&gt;Subjectivity&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;4&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 323-45.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Orsini, M. &amp;amp; M. Smith 2010. Social movements, knowledge and public policy: the case of autism activism in Canada and the US. &lt;em&gt;Critical Policy Studies &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4&lt;/strong&gt;, 38-57.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Osteen, M. (ed.) 2010. &lt;em&gt;Autism and representation&lt;/em&gt;. Abingdon: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Pinchevski, A. &amp;amp; J.D. Peters 2016. Autism and new media: disability between technology and society. &lt;em&gt;New Media &amp;amp; Society &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;18&lt;/strong&gt;(11), 2507-23.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Prince, D. 2010. The silence between: an autoethnographic examination of the language prejudice and its impact on the assessment of autistic and animal intelligence. &lt;em&gt;Disability Studies Quarterly&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;30&lt;/strong&gt;(1), online (available at: http://dsq-sds.org/article/view/1055). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Prince-Hughes, D. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Songs of the gorilla nation: my journey through autism&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Crown.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Raz, A., K.R. Jongsma, N. Rimon-Zarfaty, E. Späth, B. Bar-Nadav, E. Vaintropov &amp;amp; S. Schicktanz 2018. Representing autism: challenges of collective representation in German and Israeli associations for and of autistic people. &lt;em&gt;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;200&lt;/strong&gt;, 65-72.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Richardson, K. 2018. &lt;em&gt;Challenging sociality: an anthropology of robots, autism, and attachment&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Springer.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rios, C. &amp;amp; B.C. Andrada 2015. The changing face of autism in Brazil. &lt;em&gt;Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;39&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 213-34.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Runswick-Cole, K., R. Mallett &amp;amp; S. Timimi (eds) 2016. &lt;em&gt;Re-thinking autism: diagnosis, identity and equality&lt;/em&gt;. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sarrett, J.C. 2015. Custodial homes, therapeutic homes, and parental acceptance: parental experiences of autism in Kerala, India and Atlanta, GA, USA. &lt;em&gt;Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;39&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 254-76.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Savarese, E.T. &amp;amp; R.J. Savarese 2010. ‘The superior half of speaking’ - an Introduction. &lt;em&gt;Disability Studies Quarterly &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;30&lt;/strong&gt;(1), online (available at: http://www.dsq-sds.org/article/view/1062/1230). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Savarese, R.J. 2013. From neurodiversity to neurocosmopolitanism: beyond mere acceptance and inclusion. In &lt;em&gt;Ethics and neurodiversity &lt;/em&gt;(eds) C.D. Herrera &amp;amp; A. Perry, 191-205. Cambridge: Scholars Publishing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shaked, M. 2005. The social trajectory of illness: autism in the ultraorthodox community in Israel. &lt;em&gt;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;61&lt;/strong&gt;(10), 2190-200.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; Y. Bilu 2006. Grappling with affliction: autism in the Jewish ultraorthodox community in Israel. &lt;em&gt;Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;30&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 1-27.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shakespeare, T. 2006. The social model of disability. In &lt;em&gt;The disability studies reader &lt;/em&gt;(ed.) L.J. Davis, 197-204. Abingdon: Routledge. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Silberman, S. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Neurotribes: the legacy of autism and the future of neurodiversity&lt;/em&gt;. London: Penguin.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Silverman, C. 2008. Fieldwork on another planet: social science perspectives on the autism spectrum. &lt;em&gt;BioSocieties &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 325-41.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2012. &lt;em&gt;Understanding autism: parents, doctors, and the history of a disorder.&lt;/em&gt;Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sinclair, J. 2005. Autism Network International: the development of a community and its culture (available on-line: http://www.autreat.com/History_of_ANI.html). Accessed 5 May 2018.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2010. Being autistic together. &lt;em&gt;Disability Studies Quarterly&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;30&lt;/strong&gt;(1), online (available at: http://www.dsq-sds.org/article/view/1075/1248). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sirota, K.G. 2004. Positive politeness as discourse process: politeness practices of high-functioning children with autism and Asperger syndrome. &lt;em&gt;Discourse Studies&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;6&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 229-51.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sobo, E.J. 2015. Social cultivation of vaccine refusal and delay among Waldorf (Steiner) school parents. &lt;em&gt;Medical Anthropology Quarterly&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;29&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 381-99.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Solomon, O. 2010. Sense and the senses: anthropology and the study of autism. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;39&lt;/strong&gt;, 241-59.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2011. Body in autism: a view from social interaction. In &lt;em&gt;Language, body, and health &lt;/em&gt;(eds) P. McPherron &amp;amp; V. Ramanathan, 105-42. Berlin: De Gruyter.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2012. Doing, being and becoming: the sociality of children with autism in activities with therapy dogs and other people. &lt;em&gt;The Cambridge Journal of Anthropology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;30&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 109-26.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2015. &quot;But - he’ll fall!”: children with autism, interspecies intersubjectivity, and the problem of ‘being social&#039;. &lt;em&gt;Culture, Medicine, and Psychiatry&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;39&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 323-44.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— &amp;amp; M.C. Lawlor 2013. “And I look down and he is gone”: narrating autism, elopement and wandering in Los Angeles. &lt;em&gt;Social science &amp;amp; medicine&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;94&lt;/strong&gt;, 106-14.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Treichler, P.A. 1987. AIDS, homophobia and biomedical discourse: an epidemic of signification. &lt;em&gt;Cultural studies&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 263-305.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Waltz, M. 2005. Reading case studies of people with autistic spectrum disorders: a cultural studies approach to issues of disability representation. &lt;em&gt;Disability &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;20&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 421-35.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2012. Images and narratives of autism within charity discourses. &lt;em&gt;Disability &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;27&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 219-33.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2013. &lt;em&gt;Autism: a social and medical history&lt;/em&gt;. London: Palgrave MacMillan.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———, K. van den Bosch, H. Ebben, L. van Hal &amp;amp; A. Schippers 2015. Autism self-advocacy in the Netherlands: past, present and future. &lt;em&gt;Disability &amp;amp; Society&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;30&lt;/strong&gt;(8), 1174-91.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ward, M.J. &amp;amp; R.N. Meyer 1999. Self-determination for people with developmental disabilities and autism: two self-advocates’ perspectives. &lt;em&gt;Focus on Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;14&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 133-9.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Williams, D. 2006. &lt;em&gt;The jumbled jigsaw: an insider&#039;s approach to the treatment of autistic spectrum &#039;fruit salads&#039;&lt;/em&gt;. London: Jessica Kingsley Publishers.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Williams, E. 2004. Who really needs a ‘theory’ of mind? An interpretative phenomenological analysis of the autobiographical writings of ten high-functioning individuals with an autism spectrum disorder. &lt;em&gt;Theory &amp;amp; psychology&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;14&lt;/strong&gt;(5), 704-24.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wing, L. &amp;amp; J. Gould 1979. Severe impairments of social interaction and associated abnormalities in children: epidemiology and classification. &lt;em&gt;Journal of Autism and Developmental Disorders&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;9&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 11-29. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Woods R., D. Milton, L. Arnold &amp;amp; S. Graby 2018. Redefining critical autism studies: a more inclusive interpretation. &lt;em&gt;Disability &amp;amp; Society &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;33&lt;/strong&gt;(6), 974-79.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Yergeau, M. 2010. Circle wars - reshaping the typical autism essay. &lt;em&gt;Disability Studies Quarterly &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;30&lt;/strong&gt;(1), online (available at: http://www.dsq-sds.org/article/view/1063/1222). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2013. Clinically significant disturbance: on theorists who theorize theory of mind. &lt;em&gt;Disability Studies Quarterly&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;33&lt;/strong&gt;(4), online (available at: http://dsq-sds.org/article/view/3876/3405).  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2017. &lt;em&gt;Authoring autism: on rhetoric and neurological queerness&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ben Belek is a research fellow in social and medical anthropology at the Martin Buber Society of Fellows at the Hebrew University in Jerusalem. His previous project focused on the ontological status of neurological diversity among autistic adults in the UK. In his current project, he explores the shifting values of blood constituents in the Israeli blood economy. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ben Belek, The Martin Buber Society of Fellows in the Humanities and Social Sciences, Mandel School for Advanced Studies in the Humanities, The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Mt. Scopus, Jerusalem, Israel 9190501.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;hr align=&quot;left&quot; size=&quot;1&quot; width=&quot;33%&quot; /&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn1&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref1&quot; name=&quot;_ftn1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn1&quot;&gt;[1] &lt;/a&gt;Examples of the critical strand of literature include Eyal &lt;em&gt;et al&lt;/em&gt;. (2010) Fitzgerald (2013, 2014, 2017), Gillis-Buck &amp;amp; Richardson (2014), Hollin (2014, 2017a), Hollin &amp;amp; Pilnick (2015), Lappé (2014), Nadesan (2005, 2013), Navon &amp;amp; Eyal (2014, 2016), and Silverman (2012). For a review, see Hollin (2016). Other studies aim their critique at popular theories in cognitive neuroscience. These include Hacking (2009), Jack (2011), Krahn &amp;amp; Fenton (2012), McDonagh (2013), Milton (2012), Milton &amp;amp; Lyte (2012), Williams (2004), and Yergeau (2013, 2017).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn2&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref2&quot; name=&quot;_ftn2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn2&quot;&gt;[2] &lt;/a&gt;Grinker (2010: 173) has discussed the benefits of imagining autism as a spectrum, whereby the old image of the nonverbal, mentally underdeveloped, and unaffectionate male child has given way to the understanding that autism constitutes a broad range of strengths and weaknesses, tendencies and sensitivities. However, the use of the spectrum metaphor does have several disadvantages, as noted by Hacking: ‘To the mind of a physicist or a logician … spectra are linear and autism is not. Autism is a many-dimensional manifold of abilities and limitations.’ (2009b: 503) &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn3&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref3&quot; name=&quot;_ftn3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn3&quot;&gt;[3] &lt;/a&gt;Other studies focusing on the representation of autism in various media and its impact on understandings of the condition include Davidson (2007), Davidson &amp;amp; Smith (2009), Draaisma (2009), Hacking (2009b, 2009c), Murray (2008), and Waltz (2005, 2012); as well as the studies featured in an edited volume by Osteen (2008).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn4&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref4&quot; name=&quot;_ftn4&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn4&quot;&gt;[4] &lt;/a&gt;The relationality inherent in the notion and category of autism, and its opposition to socially contingent understandings of that which is &#039;normal&#039; has been similarly addressed by Belek (2019b), Bagatell (2007), Eyal &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; (2010), Grinker (2013), Lawson (2008), Milton &amp;amp; Lyte (2012), Molloy &amp;amp; Vasil (2002) and Nadesan (2005), among others.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn5&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref5&quot; name=&quot;_ftn5&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn5&quot;&gt;[5] &lt;/a&gt;Studies which explicitly take this stance on autism as their starting point, are occasionally grouped together under the umbrella of &quot;critical autism studies&quot; (CAS) (O&#039;Dell &lt;em&gt;et al&lt;/em&gt;. 2016, Davidson &amp;amp; Orsini 2013, Runswick-Cole, Mallett &amp;amp; Timimi 2016, Woods &lt;em&gt;et al. &lt;/em&gt;2018).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn6&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref6&quot; name=&quot;_ftn6&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn6&quot;&gt;[6] &lt;/a&gt;For a comparable analysis of autistic subjectivities as representing a ‘neuro&lt;em&gt;structural &lt;/em&gt;self’, see Fein (2011). For autism as neuro&lt;em&gt;queerness&lt;/em&gt;, see Yergeau (2017).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn7&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref7&quot; name=&quot;_ftn7&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn7&quot;&gt;[7] &lt;/a&gt;Other studies emphasising the active and often creative nature of constructing positive identities in autism include Badone &lt;em&gt;et al. &lt;/em&gt;(2016), Bagatell (2010), Brownlow (2010), Davidson &amp;amp; Henderson (2010), and Fein (2015b).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn8&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref8&quot; name=&quot;_ftn8&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn8&quot;&gt;[8] &lt;/a&gt;The affordances of digitally mediated environments in the context of autism were also explored by Belek (2013, 2017) Brownlow &amp;amp; O’Dell (2006), Clarke &amp;amp; Van-Amerom (2007), Giles (2013), Pinchevski &amp;amp; Peters (2016), and Ward &amp;amp; Meyer (1999), to name a few.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn9&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref9&quot; name=&quot;_ftn9&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn9&quot;&gt;[9] &lt;/a&gt; See www.autscape.org&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn10&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref10&quot; name=&quot;_ftn10&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn10&quot;&gt;[10] &lt;/a&gt;Other notable studies focusing on gender in the context of autism include Cheslack-Postava &amp;amp; Jordan-Young (2012), Davidson (2007), Davidson &amp;amp; Tamas (2016), Goldman (2013), and Jack (2014).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn11&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref11&quot; name=&quot;_ftn11&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn11&quot;&gt;[11] &lt;/a&gt;Solomon (2010, 2012, 2015) has similarly explored the ways sociality in some autistic children is facilitated and realised through social interactions with animals.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn12&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref12&quot; name=&quot;_ftn12&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn12&quot;&gt;[12] &lt;/a&gt;Other examples of studies which engage with autism in various geographical contexts include Brezis &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt; (2015), and Daley &lt;em&gt;et al.&lt;/em&gt;&#039;s (2014) work in New Delhi, India; Sarrett (2015), comparing ethnographic data from Kerala, India and Atlanta, US; Kim (2012) comparing Canada, Nicaragua and Korea; Rios &amp;amp; Andrada (2015) in Brazil; and Bilu &amp;amp; Goodman (1997) Shaked (2005), and Shaked &amp;amp; Bilu (2006) writing on autism in ultraorthodox Jewish communities in Israel. For a review, see Cascio (2015b).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn13&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref13&quot; name=&quot;_ftn13&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn13&quot;&gt;[13] &lt;/a&gt;The intertwinement of parenting, autism and ethnicity from a phenomenological perspective has also been addressed by Angell &amp;amp; Solomon (2017), Lawlor &amp;amp; Solomon (2017), and Solomon &amp;amp; Lawlor (2013).   &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn14&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref14&quot; name=&quot;_ftn14&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn14&quot;&gt;[14] &lt;/a&gt;The latter two drawing on Treichler (1987).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Sat, 07 Sep 2019 10:21:03 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Felix Stein</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">752 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Queer anthropology</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/queer-anthropology</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/queer_new_med_sss_copy.jpeg?itok=7K6L6JxK&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/culture&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Culture&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/gender&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Gender&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/desire&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Desire&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/language&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Language&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/sexuality&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Sexuality&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/identity&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Identity&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-6&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/colonialism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Colonialism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-7&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/cultural-relativism&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Cultural Relativism&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/ara-wilson&quot;&gt;Ara Wilson&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;Duke University&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;31&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Jul &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2019&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19queer&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/19queer&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Once a slur, the term ‘queer’ now is used to critique restrictive, dominant norms of respectable conduct and to recast sexual and gender variations in positive terms. With roots in twentieth-century anthropological studies of sex and gender, queer anthropology is also part of interdisciplinary scholarship on queer existence that defines sex and gender as key axes for the distribution of status, resources, membership, and value in a society. The aim is not to describe gay, lesbian, bisexual or transgender (LGBTQ) life in universal terms. Rather, ethnographies emphasise the different forms that queer existence takes. Queer anthropology explains the conditions that shape queer life, such as cultural understandings of sexuality, legacies of colonial regimes, or global flows of popular culture. This entry explores four foci that characterise queer anthropology: language, especially categories of identity; varying forms of transgender roles; a geographic emphasis on the United States; and the relation of local sex/gender diversity to the global expanse of Western forms of lesbian and gay identity.  &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Queer anthropology studies variations in the expression of sexuality and gender, and the ways that societies treat such differences. Queer anthropology adopts an anti-homophobic approach predicated on critiquing the denigration of sex/gender variation and empathising with the subjects of that denigration; that is, those we call queer. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Twentieth-century anthropology publicised the existence of accepted homosexual behaviour and integrated transgender people in societies around the world. From earlier anthropological work, we are now aware that societies’ varying codes for sexuality and gender relate to their overall &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;value&lt;/a&gt; systems, and that such codes deeply socialise how people evaluate their experiences and express their desires (see, for example, Mead 1935; Vance 1991). Queer anthropology takes this already-familiar anthropological sensibility in a new direction by identifying social-cultural forces as forms of power that distribute rewards and punishments in unequal ways. It is based on the insight that, as an axis for organising social life, sexuality is not a separate domain but is always intertwined with systems of meaning and structures of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; among people. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This entry first considers what twentieth-century anthropology said about sexuality and gender variance, a legacy that was explicitly rejected, subtly continued, and largely ignored in the new school of queer anthropology. It then discusses what queer anthropology (including lesbian and gay anthropology) tells us about this sex/gender variation, particularly about categories and forms of identities, with special focus on two areas rich in queer &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; research: Southeast Asia and the United States. Although it is &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ahistorical&lt;/a&gt; to do so, the term ‘queer anthropology’ will here serve as a convenient umbrella term for other incarnations of the anthropology of homosexuality, lesbian and gay (LGBTQ) anthropology, or transgender anthropology.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;History&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;During its expansion around the world, Europe’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; agents, missionaries, and explorers encountered what they considered shocking sexual attitudes elsewhere in the world: peoples that accepted open sex play among &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20child&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;children&lt;/a&gt;, pre-marital sex, sex between men, acknowledgement of masturbation, and more. In some societies, Europeans saw people with anatomically male bodies living out women’s roles, who were not only tolerated, but in some places valorised, such as in some Native American &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16tribe&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tribes&lt;/a&gt; (those with female bodies living as men were rarer, but also noted). In other words, Europeans confronted an embrace of sexual conduct or gender expression that their own societies rejected. They used such deviance from their norms to rationalise colonial domination, in a logic that continues to echo today (Morgensen 2011). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;This entry focuses on anthropology’s intellectual accounting for diversity, rather than the ways that &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; knowledge played into colonial or white supremacist rule. What were the rubrics for making sense of this difference? The Christian world evaluated sexuality through its theology of sin, which underwrote the long-lasting criminalisation of certain sex or gender conduct – as in the form of sodomy laws – in Europe and its colonies. In the nineteenth century, following Charles Darwin’s theory of evolution, an alternative explanation for social differences around sexuality came to the fore. The discipline of anthropology emerged by providing a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;scientific&lt;/a&gt;, rather than religious, explanation for different social practices and cultural forms. Sexuality was important to this emergence of anthropological thought — so much so that anthropology became associated with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22photography&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;photographs&lt;/a&gt; of bare-breasted women and titillating details about other cultures’ sexual habits (Lyons &amp;amp; Lyons 2004) — the erotic equivalent to the ‘flora and fauna’ accounts of natural history (Weston 1993) — to the embarrassment of the discipline’s leaders. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Darwin’s evolutionary theories identified sexual reproduction as crucial to species evolution and survival. Much about maleness, femaleness, and sexuality then, was attributed to nature. Anthropologists described people as ‘man’ or ‘woman’ according to binary categories of sex differences based on anatomy, even when the society in question gave reality to alternate gender identities. Until very recently, ethnographies referred to someone living out a feminine role but with a body considered male with the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21masculinity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;masculine&lt;/a&gt; pronoun ‘he’. The earlier literature referred to them as ‘effeminate men’, ‘homosexuals’, ‘transvestites’, or other terms. Western researchers typically conflated phenomena that we now, in the twenty-first century, separate: same-sex sexual encounters or desires, named sexual identity, intersexuality, gender norms, gender expression, and psychic gender identity (to be fair, many of the societies studied also conflated anatomical sex with sexuality and gender identity). Homosexuality was viewed as gender crossing because a homosexual had the sexual orientation that properly belonged to the opposite sex. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the wake of Darwin, the first wave of anthropology proposed a model for the evolution of human institutions that emulated the natural evolution of species. Nineteenth-century scholars studying reports of other cultures concluded that different forms of marriage, kinship, and sexual behaviour must reflect different stages in the evolution of human society. In this imagined evolution, humans began in an &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18animals&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animal&lt;/a&gt;-like phase of ‘promiscuous hordes’ mating indiscriminately. We then evolved family systems, progressing from lower to higher forms of barbarism and savagery (including a debated matriarchal period) until culminating in civilization’s most evolved stage, that of the paternally-led nuclear family. Societies that did not centre on the nuclear family were assumed to belong to more primitive stages of human development, savagery or barbarianism. As the pinnacle of human development, white Christians were justified — even obligated! — to attempt to force couples to adopt appropriate sexual relations – hence the ‘missionary position’ – and the civilised form of the family organised around the heterosexual conjugal pair. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Entering the twentieth century, anthropologists radically changed their interpretation of cross-cultural variations in sexual codes. This new anthropology no longer described family systems as more or less primitive: evolutionary ranking was rejected. Instead, anthropologists asked why expressions considered deviant according to Western norms — homosexuality, pre-marital sex, or transgender identities — were accepted in other societies. The 1920s to 1930s were a heyday of anthropological research on sexuality and sex, or what we now call gender. One example is William Willard Hill’s ‘The status of the hermaphrodite and transvestite in Navaho culture’. Hill’s title used the English words of the period for intersex and transgender to translate the Navajo term &lt;em&gt;nádleehi&lt;/em&gt; (also &lt;em&gt;nadle&lt;/em&gt;&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn1&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;). Navajo society, Hill found, treated the &lt;em&gt;nádleehi&lt;/em&gt; differently from the way US society treated comparable people. A Navajo family who had an intersex baby or a transgender youth ‘was considered by themselves and everyone else as very fortunate’: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;The success and wealth of such a family was believed to be assured. Special care was taken in the raising of such children and they were afforded favoritism not shown to other children of the family. As they grew older and assumed the character of nadle, this solicitude and respect increased, not only on the part of their families but from the community as a whole (Hill 1935: 274). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hill bracketed his social schema in order to explicate the logic of the Navajo: the Navajo valued people (and animals) who did not fit into binary categories of male/female. His discussion of the &lt;em&gt;nádleehi&lt;/em&gt; shows how a culture’s category for sex/gender identity connects to broader cultural values, concerning binaries, nature, resources, and kinship. By developing this kind of analysis, that interprets codes for sex or gender as a piece of the larger social system, anthropology developed both its intellectual method (cultural relativism) and its concept of culture (as holistic, integrated assemblage of values and habits). Sex/gender norms that diverged from Western orthodoxy offered key opportunities for illustrating this method and analysis. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Even as they were developing cultural relativist approaches to sex/gender variations, modern anthropologists fumbled for words that could translate specific cultural categories into a universal vocabulary of science, in ways that reproduced their own cultural attitudes. Not sounding particularly objective, Edward Westermarck wrote that in some societies, ‘[t]he gratification of the sexual instinct assumes forms which fall out the ordinary pale of nature’ (Westermarck 1926: 456).&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn2&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;The main form that concerned him was men’s sex with other men, probably anal sex. Sex that was not undertaken by a heterosexual pair, hence not connected to reproduction, was beyond ‘the pale of nature’. Given the importance of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduction&lt;/a&gt; to the species and the family, why would any society allow it? To answer this Darwinian puzzle of non-heterosexual sex, anthropologists turned mainly to psychological or functionalist frameworks. Functionalism said that cultural practices that seemed odd to the Western observer, as the acceptance of non-heterosexual sexuality, in fact serve a rational, if not conscious, purpose by handling basic challenges that confront human societies in ways that mesh with their overall social system. Psychoanalytic diagnoses of homosexuality as perversion, inversion, or neuroses provided a persuasive expert theory for interpreting, say, men’s sex with men or females wearing male clothing. These psychological terms were clinical yet not neutral, as the following example reveals. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shamanism in Korea, Siberia, Southeast Asia, and other locations offered Western readers exotic examples of cross-dressing, transvestitism, the third-gender, or transgender expression. When shamans are possessed by a spirit that is not of their own birth-sex, they don the clothes and behaviours of the spirit’s sex. Here is how an anthropologist, Melvin Spiro, described Burmese female shamans in 1967: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;[M]any are highly masculine in manner, and many others are married to weak, inconsequential males. If the female shaman does in fact have homosexual needs, they may be satisfied by identification with her nat [spirit] husband… At the very least, therefore, the shamanistic role enables a latent lesbian, one with a strong masculine component, to act out her masculine impulses (1967: 220). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Spiro analysed Burmese society through a psychoanalytical framework that considered sexual orientation to be related to gender identity — attraction to women was masculine, and vice versa — and to be a deeply seated, core element of a person. Psychoanalytical categories — ‘latent’ lesbian or homosexual men — placed the cross-dressing shaman into a presumed universal framework. Judging the husbands of ‘highly masculine’ women as ‘weak’ and ‘inconsequential’,&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn3&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref3&quot;&gt;[3]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;Spiro’s reveals his society’s attitudes about proper heterosexual arrangements, rather than 1960s Burmese categories. At the time, such judgmental language passed as social science. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Like many anthropologists discussing sexuality, Spiro also drew on a functionalist interpretation. In works such as &lt;em&gt;Sex and repression in savage society &lt;/em&gt;(1927), Bronislaw Malinowski put forth one of the best-known formulations of functionalism.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn4&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref4&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref4&quot;&gt;[4]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; It says that social arrangements manage basic human needs in ways that prevent dangerous disruptions, thereby allowing social forms to endure. Societies provided outlets for problematic queer desires; for example, through constructive roles for those who expressed alternative genders and sexualities, like shamanism. For the Navajo, Hill similarly explained the social valorization of intersex/transgender members as a way to ‘capitalize on an irregularity’ (1935: 273) — it made an aberration socially meaningful.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Margaret Mead’s pathbreaking book, &lt;em&gt;Sex and temperament in three primitive societies &lt;/em&gt;(1935), deeply transformed thinking about sex roles. It challenged the idea that biological sex caused male and female personality differences. Socialization, Mead insisted, not biology, caused personality traits: it was cultures that linked qualities like aggression or nurturance to sex. Mead’s argument that societies shaped temperaments anticipated the later differentiation between biological sex and gender. (Gender is a relatively new term that became common from its use in sexology and 1970s feminism.) Mead was especially influential because she brought these ideas to a wide audience. As one sign of her significance, one of the anthropologists who launched queer anthropology, Esther Newton, titled her memoir, &lt;em&gt;Margaret Mead made me gay&lt;/em&gt; (Newton 2000). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Twentieth-century anthropology shaped how we think about queer life today. It explained the power of norms and the social mechanisms that created men and women in their image while also demonstrating that some societies, like the Navajo or Burmese, did not reject, but positively valued people who Westerners considered psychologically abnormal. The fact that some societies integrated sex/gender variance showed that there were alternatives to enduring punitive Victorian codes governing women’s sexual behaviour, homosexuality, masturbation, or gender non-conformity. These cross-cultural examples were eagerly taken up by Euro-American efforts to make life more hospitable for those who did not conform to these strict norms of personal life. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Queer anthropology&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the 1960s and 1970s, a few bold anthropologists asked for more attention to homosexuality, which had been neglected for decades after the 1930s (Sonenschein 1966; Fitzgerald 1977). This led to a small subfield of the anthropology of homosexuality, which begat lesbian and gay anthropology, which later emerged as queer and transgender anthropology. This scholarship both extended and departed from earlier twentieth century scholarship on sex. Anthropologists used old-school &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt; to understand lifeways that defied sex/gender, albeit in novel sites, like lesbian bars or drag shows. Yet this new lesbian and gay anthropology also articulated distinct views of non-heterosexual sexuality.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Seismic changes from new social movements led scholars to examine conflict and inequality more than they had. Lesbian and gay anthropologists were explicitly committed to an anti-homophobic approach. In 1972, Esther Newton’s prescient study of drag queens, street faeries, and camp sensibility showed how this queer US world disaggregated elements of gender, how they were internally differentiated, and how they understood &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; to dominant homophobic society; for example, through the wry stylistic of camp (Newton 1972). Gayle Rubin created a cultural map of US sexual norms as a concentric set of circles around a ‘charmed circle’ of the most valued mode of sexuality (married, heterosexual, ‘vanilla’) to outer rings of increasing stigmatization. Rubin, in particular, helped anthropologists to see sexuality as a ‘vector of oppression’ in societies (Rubin 1975). Their work, often ignored in mainstream anthropology, helped launch what became Queer Anthropology. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In the Anglophone world, older gays and lesbians painfully recall ‘queer’ as a hostile epithet that crystallised the alienation of being treated as abnormal. At the same time, communities excluded from mainstream society often use humour as a survival strategy, and many queers also used ‘queer’ sardonically in an insider way. Come the late 1980s, a younger generation reclaimed the epithet queer as a way to embrace, rather than suffer, this outsider status. They embraced violating sexual and gender norms: ‘We’re here, we’re queer, get used to it!’ went the chant. This appropriation of the slur turned ‘queer’ into a critique of normativity that showed how norms excluded people from resources, valorization, and social belonging while also targeting them for violence and harassment. Politically, taking up ‘queer’ defies the logic that only those who are ‘normal’ are entitled to the full expression of humanity (Rubin 1984). The categories of ‘gay’ and ‘lesbian’ came to be seen by some as too restrictive to capture the scope of (consensual) erotic experiences that mainstream desire considered perverse. Instead of continuing to represent different identity categories in an expanding LGBTQ acronym, many adopted queer as an encompassing shorthand. The radical turn to queer also reflected concern that gays and lesbians were assimilating into mainstream society.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn5&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref5&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref5&quot;&gt;[5]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; As some gays and lesbians became seen as ‘normal’, their membership in mainstream society could now reinforce the very boundaries that had kept them out, and that still excluded other sorts of queer sexuality, particularly those in Black, immigrant, poor, or transgender communities.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Queer theory is an academic response to this activism. Coined in 1989, queer theory is less focused on naming identities than identifying a political relationship of subjects to dominant modes of power, usually understood as &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt;, whether intentional or not. One major queer theorist described queer capaciously as resistance ‘to regimes of the normal’ (Warner 1993: xxvi). The Western regime of the normal posits a biological sex binary, male and female, that shapes &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21masculinity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;masculine&lt;/a&gt; or feminine gender identity and results in heterosexual sexual orientation and nominally monogamous relationships. These norms extend beyond evaluating individuals, because the heterosexual pair is viewed as the hub of the family, above other forms of intimate relationships, especially sex between men, women, and trans people. Queer theory shows how those whose sexuality and gender are considered deviant can be seen as freaks or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21monsters&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;monsters&lt;/a&gt; — not fully human (Weiss 2016a). To demonstrate that norms are forms of ideology, rather than natural or universal, Queer scholars highlight phenomena that show ‘mismatches between sex, gender and desire’ (Jagose 2002: 3). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropologists draw selectively on strands of queer theory; for example, referring to normative discourses instead of a general concept of culture. In anthropology, Weston proposes that queer ‘defines itself by its difference from hegemonic ideologies of gender and sexuality’ (Weston 1993: 348). The European Network for Queer Anthropology (ENQA)&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn6&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref6&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref6&quot;&gt;[6]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;adopts this meaning by situating itself against ‘the continued marginalization of sexuality and gender perspectives beyond those that are embedded in conjugal reproductive heterosexuality in contemporary anthropology’. The anthropologist Margot Weiss, who has written a great deal about what queer anthropology means, says that queer is meant to ‘signify transgression of, resistance to, or exclusion from normativity, especially but not exclusively heteronormativity’ (Weiss 2016a).&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn7&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref7&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref7&quot;&gt;[7]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;With the phrase ‘not exclusively’, Weiss stresses the intersectional nature of queer perspectives, meaning that prevailing sex/gender norms are not isolated axes of social systems, but intertwine with class dynamics and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21history&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;histories&lt;/a&gt; of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonisation&lt;/a&gt; and slavery. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropologists draw on queer theory’s concept of gender as performative (which itself derives from linguistics), seeing, for example, femininity as created continually through people’s conduct and speech, rather than resulting from biological female sex (Morris 1993). Based in the humanities, and rooted in critical theory or continental philosophy, queer theoretical writing relies mainly on the analysis of texts, mostly from European or US sources. Queer anthropology adds ethnographic methods that place sexuality in richer contexts beyond simply discourse, showing how, for example, capitalism (Rofel 2007; Weiss 2011b; Wilson 2004), religious meanings (Ramberg 2014; Allen 2011), or immigrant status (Manalansan 2003) contour people’s expression of sexual desires or self-definitions. A number of review essays provide different takes on anthropology’s relations to queer theory.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn8&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref8&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref8&quot;&gt;[8]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;This brief entry emphasises queer anthropological studies of sexuality and gender in relation to classic disciplinary concerns with social classifications and social and geographic contexts as well as anthropology’s more recent attention to global dynamics. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;From homosexual to Tom: language, categories, meanings&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;By the 1980s, most anthropologists avoided using the word ‘homosexual’ to describe persons. Gay and lesbian activists had rejected an externally imposed, clinical label that linked non-heterosexual orientations with pathology (Tuvin 1991; Weston 1993; Rubin 1997). Moreover, defining people, rather than sexual acts, as homosexual, heterosexual, or bisexual relies on a particular psychological model of selfhood in which some enduring, core essence of a person’s inner being is determined by whether their desired sexual partners are of the same or opposite sex. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Queer anthropology often studies sexual expressions that differ from prevailing Euro-American notions of homosexuality, biological sex, or are subject to different social judgements. Feminist anthropologists, for example, recognised that Western vocabulary, like the term ‘lesbian’, did not adequately translate the self-concepts and cultural connotations of women’s erotic relations with other females. The newly-reclaimed Western term ‘lesbian’ was not even shared by communities of women in same-sex relations within the West, such as urban American working-class women who organised their self-concept around an erotically gendered persona, as ‘butch’ or ‘femme’, rather than emphasising the sameness in same-sex desire (Kennedy &amp;amp; Davis 1993). Yet specific gendered vocabulary for what we could call female masculinity – butch lesbian, gender non-conforming female, or trans man – is common in other parts of the world. In the twenty-first century Persian Gulf, &lt;em&gt;boya&lt;/em&gt; (plural &lt;em&gt;boyāt&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn9&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref9&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref9&quot;&gt;[9]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;refers to a female with masculine appearance. &lt;em&gt;Boyāt&lt;/em&gt;’s short hair and male clothing become visible when they are not wearing the abaya, meaning in women-only spaces in malls, girls’ schools, or women’s beaches (Le Renard 2014; Nigst &amp;amp; Garcia 2010). As the Arabic &lt;em&gt;boya&lt;/em&gt; represents a borrowing from the English word ‘boy’, Asian societies use &lt;em&gt;tomboy&lt;/em&gt; or such derivatives as &lt;em&gt;Tom&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;em&gt;T&lt;/em&gt;, or &lt;em&gt;Tibo &lt;/em&gt;(Blackwood 2010; Newton 2016). We still do not know how or when the word &lt;em&gt;tomboy&lt;/em&gt; entered Asian lexicons. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Queer theory has argued for analysing sexuality as autonomous from gender (Rubin 1985). Yet anthropologists mostly find that sexuality is deeply embedded in gender schema. For example, males are often accorded different mobility in public spaces and standards for sexual activity from girls and women (Blackwood 2010). Femininity and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21masculinity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;masculinity&lt;/a&gt; are also commonly associated with particular sexual roles (Padilla 2008; Sinnott 2004). &lt;em&gt;Tomboy&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;boya&lt;/em&gt; are gender terms, not necessarily equivalent to transgender, that suggest a more or less implicit sexuality. That is, in many sex/gender lexicons, labels for non-normative gender expression also codes same-sex sexuality. In my research in Thailand, I found that many women through the 1990s rejected the word ‘lesbian’ because of its overt sexual meanings, enhanced by the use of the word in heterosexual pornography and sex-shows for foreign men. Identifications that merge sexuality with a gendered term seem to be common. Bailey too finds that the participants in Black American drag balls use gendered terms, such as ‘butch queen up in drag’, ‘femme queen’, or ‘women’ (Bailey 2013; see also Johnson 2011).   &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Societies outside of the West also draw on the more sexual word ‘lesbian’. Nais Dave (2012) found rural Indian women outside of major cities described themselves as lesbians, to the surprise of urban organisers. Some language communities use diminutives of lesbian such as &lt;em&gt;lesbi&lt;/em&gt; (Indonesia), &lt;em&gt;les&lt;/em&gt; (Vietnam [Newton 2016]), or &lt;em&gt;la-la&lt;/em&gt; (Greater China). Even when the term is derived from the English, it is conceptually inflected with local meanings. &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21writing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Writing&lt;/a&gt; about Indonesia, for example, anthropologists show how terms like &lt;em&gt;lesbi&lt;/em&gt; (Blackwood 2010) or gay (Boellstorff 2005) function as Indonesian words, rather than being entirely commensurate with English meanings. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Communities of gay men, men who have sex with men (MSM), and trans women often develop their own community slang, or argot (Boellstorff 2005; Leap &amp;amp; Boellstorff 2004). E. Patrick Johnson provides a glossary for US Black queer slang in his book &lt;em&gt;Sweet tea: black gay men of the South&lt;/em&gt;. There is a name for the argot of queers in the Philippines and its diaspora: Swardspeak, derived from a Cebuano word for the pejorative term, ‘sissy’. Swardspeak mixes dominant Filipino, American, and Spanish codes in a constantly evolving slang that unmistakably marks the speaker as &lt;em&gt;bakla&lt;/em&gt;, a queer man or trans woman of the Philippines (Manalansan 2003: 46-7).  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The point of this documentation of indigenous terminology for queer life is not to chronicle gay life around the world, but to alter conventional thinking about gender and sexuality. The variety of modes of queer existence belies the idea that sexuality takes the universal forms of heterosexuality and homosexuality. It shows that the connection between sexual activity to identity takes culturally specific forms that are inflected by sex, gender, class, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;race&lt;/a&gt;, and other social markers. The terms a person uses to describe herself are also situational, and change in different contexts (Valentine 2007; Gray 2009).&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn10&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref10&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref10&quot;&gt;[10]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;Not all queer terms describe individuals, either. In mainland China, &lt;em&gt;la-la&lt;/em&gt; was first used as an adjective for sites associated with what we name lesbian and queer women rather than as a noun naming a person’s identity (Engebretsen 2013). Gloria Wekker (2007) explains that in Suriname, the understanding of female same-sex erotic relations, called &lt;em&gt;matiwroko&lt;/em&gt; (&lt;em&gt;mati&lt;/em&gt; work or ‘friends’ work’), differs from the concept of lesbian. The Surinamese understand these sexual relations as activity rather than identity: a woman often would be heterosexually partnered and engage in &lt;em&gt;mati&lt;/em&gt; work without contradiction. Non-Western queer life can involve radically different conceptions of the self. Being a &lt;em&gt;bakla&lt;/em&gt;, Manalansan tells us, ‘is seen to be not a product of something inside of person, but rather as a product of an outside force or forces’ (Manalansan 2003: 43). Queerness in various societies is seen as divine fate, as akin to possession, or as the result of karma (Boellstorff 2005; Manalansan 2003; Sinnott 2004).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Queer anthropology has shown that applying Western categories for sexuality universally across cultural contexts limits our understanding of people’s self-concepts, and in turn, their motivations, choices, and behaviours. For one concrete illustration, in the context of the HIV/AIDS epidemic: because conventional epidemiological methods did not provide an understanding of gay men’s sexual cultures, medical researchers did not understand the patterns of HIV transmission. &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; work explained the contexts for plural sex partners in this community. It also explained that health programs relying on the word ‘gay’ were failing to reach the many men who may on occasion enjoy intercourse with another male but do not feel gay, but as ‘normal’ (Boellstorff 2011; Vance 1991). ‘Using bisexual as a noun’ for men who have sex with men in Mexico, Carrier says, ‘obscures the diversity of their lifestyles, motivations, and sexual behaviors’ (Carrier 1995: 199). ‘Normal’, married men routinely having sex with male-bodied people challenges normative Western beliefs that having sex with a body with a penis establishes a man as homosexual, not heterosexual: more generally, that the sex of a partner defines one’s core sexual orientation and, hence, identity. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;The transgender turn&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;As the work of Hill on the Navajo or Spiro on Burmese shamans noted above suggests, the discipline of anthropology described transgender lives as part of its analysis of cultural patterns and social function. These accounts displayed deeply ethnocentric judgements that changed as a response to transsexual and transgender advocacy. Taking hold in the US through the 1990s, the concept of ‘transgender’, coined by transgender people themselves, more or less supplanted the words ‘transsexual’ and ‘transvestite’, for similar reasons to the move away from ‘homosexual’. (Some people still identify in English as ‘cross-dressers’ or ‘transsexuals’ and comparable terms in other languages.) Language has been one of the most vital arenas for transgender struggles (Zimman 2017). Trans advocacy defines gender according to individual subjective experience — how people identify their gender — rather than according to legal identity, psychiatric diagnosis, social perception, or sex assigned at birth.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn11&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref11&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref11&quot;&gt;[11]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;Their political efforts have transformed language adopted in scholarship, medical literature, psychological &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21care&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;care&lt;/a&gt;, and by international networks, such as non-governmental organizations (NGOs).&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn12&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref12&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref12&quot;&gt;[12]&lt;/a&gt; &lt;/sup&gt;While queer and transgender anthropology follows these recommendations, they also have alternative cross-cultural versions of transgender identity (Dutta &amp;amp; Roy 2014) and are equally exploring the historically specific construction of the American, and globalising, trans identity (Plemmons 2017; Zimman 2017).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The revealing subtitle of David Valentine’s &lt;em&gt;Imagining transgender&lt;/em&gt; is ‘an ethnography of a category’, which flags his approach to the (then) new category of transgender as a cultural classification; in this case, in the context of gender-non-conforming communities in New York City (Valentine 2007). As with the Detroit drag ball participants (Bailey 2013), these queer New Yorkers described themselves with an array of terms, including ‘gay’. Cross-cultural terms often conceptualise personhood and gender according to different logics from the Western sense of the autonomous, interior self. For example, a Filipina &lt;em&gt;baklais&lt;/em&gt; called ‘doll of god’, suggesting that the physical self is the plaything of the divine (Manalansan 2013). Sahar Sadjadi (2019) notices that the concept of the self from her cultural background differs from that expressed in US trans medicine. She explains that ‘my ethnographic gaze originates from a context where narratives of the self are not anchored in a deep inner core but are relational and situational’ (Sadjadi 2019: 104). Discussions in a paediatric trans clinic revealed ‘the hegemony of the interior origins of authentic self and identity and the rejection of possible external, including social, origins of identity’ (Sadjadi 2019: 104). Lal Zimman’s (2017) linguistic analysis of US trans discourse finds a similar emphasis on individual autonomy in trans emphasis on self-identification, which meshes with a US political economic context stressing individualism (&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberalism&lt;/a&gt;). Despite their political emphasis on self-definition, Zimman notes, trans people are nonetheless conscious that gender identity is very much established dialogically: that is, in relation to others. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Queer, American style&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In India, the &lt;em&gt;hijra &lt;/em&gt;is a well-known figure: born as males, living a feminine identity in community with other &lt;em&gt;hijras&lt;/em&gt;, they have attracted the attention of many scholars and are a staple of anthropological discussions of gender.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn13&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref13&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref13&quot;&gt;[13]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; Southeast Asian trans feminine identities (Thai &lt;em&gt;kathoey&lt;/em&gt;, Filipino &lt;em&gt;bakla&lt;/em&gt;, Indonesian &lt;em&gt;waria&lt;/em&gt;) are also well known to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17tourism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tourists&lt;/a&gt; and researchers, as are South America’s &lt;em&gt;travesti&lt;/em&gt;. Yet the queer life that anthropologists know the most about is in the United States. From the 1960s and 1970s, anthropologists have conducted participant observation within queer American subcultures, such as drag queens (Newton 1973), working class lesbian life (Kennedy &amp;amp; Davis 1993), or BDSM communities (Weiss 2011b). They show that queer communities, like others, are structured by &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21sharing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;shared&lt;/a&gt; codes, patterned behaviour, and the effects of urban policies, capitalist markets, and other encompassing systems. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;We are most familiar with queer life in cities: New York, San Francisco, Los Angeles. Generally, the American countryside is considered harsh, if not impossible, for lesbian, gay, or transgender living. Mary L. Gray’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;Out in the country &lt;/em&gt;(2009) and E. Patrick Johnson’s &lt;em&gt;Sweet tea &lt;/em&gt;(2011) provide close portraits of queer US Southerners, showing how they form their identity and sustain lives in the absence of metropolitan resources. Johnson’s personal narratives show how in Black Southern communities, queer life is simultaneously above and below the radar, as well as the centrality of both the church and drag to many Black gay men’s experience. Both white and Black Southerners face a different prospect of being out in their small communities (Gray2009).&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn14&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref14&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref14&quot;&gt;[14]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The anthropology of queer American life counters the codified images of married white gays and lesbians or the staple images of American gay life found in TV shows like &lt;em&gt;Modern family&lt;/em&gt; or &lt;em&gt;The L-word&lt;/em&gt;. Those who fall outside the charmed circle of sex/gender norms, despite being subject to violence and poverty, build sustaining social lives – vibrant communities, with their own argot and symbolism – and create possibilities for pleasure, sexual and otherwise, which is part of survival and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16resistance&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;resistance&lt;/a&gt; (Bailey 2013; Gray 2009; Johnson 2011; Kennedy and Davis 1993; Manalansan 2003). Having long been excluded from full inclusion into kinship organised around conjugal heterosexuality, queer people established their own bonds of kinship, such as chosen families or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19home&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;houses&lt;/a&gt; (Bailey 2013; Lewin 2009; Weston 1997). They draw on, yet reformulate, heterosexual customs of family, weddings, marriage, child-rearing.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Studying a country shaped by the decimation of Indigenous peoples, chattel slavery of Africans, imperialism in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21latam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Latin America&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racism&lt;/a&gt; towards non-white immigrants, Americanist Queer Anthropology has confronted these legacies for sexuality and gender. Their intersectional analysis sees sexuality as an axis of social differentiation that is interwoven with the residual structures of &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonial&lt;/a&gt; and plantation societies (Morgensen 2011). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Is gay global?&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Queer life is affected by social contexts that scale from the family to the transnational. In the 1990s, Dennis Altman argued that ‘gay’ was becoming a globalised identity, erupting in the Global South along paths of capitalist development (Altman 1996). He pointed to the way that gay bars, rainbow flags, and clothing styles could look so alike in cities like Rio, Bangkok, or Berlin as the manifestation of this global gay culture. Altman was not celebrating this development or arguing that there is a universal, essentialist gay identity. Altman proposed that this merging international gay culture resulted from global capitalism. His analysis raised important questions about how gay, queer, and trans life in the Global South or non-West, including &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21postsocialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;post-socialist&lt;/a&gt; settings created after the breakup of the Soviet Union, relate to gay cultures of the Global North. Are gay, lesbian, queer, and transgender identities elsewhere part of the West’s expanse across the world? Is queer life in the non-West a derivative of Western forms, a borrowing from New York, San Francisco, or Sydney gay life?           &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Queer anthropology does not view transnational queer culture as a wholesale export of modern Western culture to the rest of the world. It also does not position the West as ‘ahead’ or more enlightened about LGBTQ rights than other regions: doing so would replicate the old evolutionary, civilizational claims used to rationalise &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;colonialism&lt;/a&gt;. Instead, anthropologists of queer life tend to recast the nexus of West/global and non-West/local in three general ways. First, they show how local communities integrate transnational phenomena, often resulting in hybrid or syncretistic forms, such as the Filipino argot, Swardspeak. Second, they see where transnational dynamics are affecting queer life; for example, through geopolitics, communication technologies, or &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17tourism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tourism&lt;/a&gt;. Third, queer anthropology identifies alternate geographic forms of queer life than the West-to-non-West flow. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Societies do not generally import sex/gender schema wholesale: local versions mix with the international circulation of gay, lesbian, and trans culture, in varying ways. Tom Boellstorff (2005) proposes that the Indonesian gay identity is one of the few truly national identities in a country shaped by insular cultural distinctions. When conservative &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voices&lt;/a&gt; in former colonies in the Global South decry homosexuality as foreign to their ‘tradition’, that tradition is often an outgrowth of imperialism. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Queer life anywhere is affected by intensifying flows of people, culture, and capital across national borders, or globalization. The concepts of gay, lesbian, and transgender are now global, transmitted through the communication technologies, NGOs, migration, and tourism. Gay male tourists have brought their concept of gay identity and its associated styles to sites considered appealing to gay men (Mitchell 2015; Padilla 2008; Stout 2014). In the twenty-first century, the Internet, social media, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18digital&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;digital&lt;/a&gt; applications (apps) are stages for sexual encounters as well as resources for information about marginalized identities. (Boellstorff 2010, 2014; McGlotten 2013). Information about hormones, surgery, and other modifications also travel (Ochoa 2014; Plemmons 2017; Zimman 2017). To a marked degree, transgender people are forming their self-understanding through digital communities formed on the Internet. These mediated dialogues have produced new, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21sharing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;shared&lt;/a&gt; vocabulary for body zones, such as trans men’s replacement of the word vagina with ‘front hole’ or ‘boy cunt’ (Zimman 2017). Thais who formerly identified as &lt;em&gt;kathoey&lt;/em&gt; and &lt;em&gt;ladyboy&lt;/em&gt; (to foreigners) now also describe themselves as ‘transwomen’ in online communities like dating apps (Käng 2012).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Institutions of international civil society, notably NGOs, have also been a conduit for concepts around sexuality and gender (Gray 2009) as well as providing spaces for homosocial encounters (Wilson 2010). HIV/AIDS projects became sites for the gathering of men and trans women who have sex with men. These organizations dispersed authorised vocabularies about sexuality. At the time of Valentine’s research, those New Yorkers most connected with non-profit organizations were also most likely to name themselves as transgender (Valentine 2007). How does the term transgender relate to local concepts?&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Many queers are influenced by flows within their region. In Asia, Korean cultural forms, like K-pop or bodily aesthetics (facial surgeries), are taken up by queer cultures elsewhere in the region (Käng 2014). Chinese language (Sinophone) queer materials flow between China, Hong Kong, Taiwan, and Singapore, and across the Chinese-speaking diaspora. In Hong Kong, people repurposed the word ‘comrade’, &lt;em&gt;tongzhi&lt;/em&gt;, to describe queer solidarity or LGBTQ identities, a historically resonant usage that then spread to Mainland China. Queer community extends transnationally along migrant routes, for example, from the US to &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21latam&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Latin America&lt;/a&gt;, or from the Philippines, which has one of the highest rates of emigration. Filipina/o queer men and trans women, while establishing connections to American gay worlds and navigating obligations to family and Filipino Catholicism, look to Manila to stay up to date on additions to Swardspeak (Manalansan 2003). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Geopolitical changes affect possibilities for queer community and LGBTQ rights. In the former Soviet Union, for example, rising authoritarian nationalism casts LGBTQ people as symbols of social decline (Renkin 2009; Shirinian 2018). In Latin America, queer communities under post-dictatorship governments find openings for more visibility and queer-friendly policies while also facing intensified stratification resulting from &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20neolib&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;neoliberal&lt;/a&gt; economic policies (Amar 2013; Ochoa 2014; Stout 2014). Lesbians and gays in the hemisphere have also faced contradictory struggles for rights under socialist governments, such as in post-revolutionary Nicaragua (Babb 2003; Howe 2013), or under new capitalist developments in Cuba (Allen 2011; Stout 2013). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anthropology transformed Western understandings of sexuality and gender from evaluations based on sin, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/23raceandracism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;racial&lt;/a&gt; evolution, or psychopathology to understandings that cultural &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt; varied and that societies shaped the sex and gender expressions within them. Queer anthropology shows that societies makes sexual, gendered people and organizes their relationships, in varying ways. In turn, the plethora of gender expressions and sexual cultures that exist around the world reveals binary formulations like heterosexual and homosexual or male and female to be a culturally specific logic rather than universal reality. Being queer is a profoundly social position, inescapably embedded within a larger, often oppressive, culture, and also producing &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21sharing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;shared&lt;/a&gt; worlds inhabited by a society’s divergent subjects.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Allen, J.S. 2011 &lt;em&gt;¡Venceremos?: the erotics of black self-making in Cuba&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———  2013. Race/sex theory: ‘Toward a new and more possible meeting’. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;28&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 552-5.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Altman, D. 1996. Rupture or continuity?: the internationalization of gay identities. &lt;em&gt;Social Text &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;48&lt;/strong&gt;, 77-94.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Amar, P. 2013. &lt;em&gt;The security archipelago: human-security states, sexuality politics, and the end of neoliberalism&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Babb, F.E. 2003. Out in Nicaragua: local and transnational desires after the revolution. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;18&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 304-28.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bailey, M.M. 2013. &lt;em&gt;Butch queens up in pumps: gender, performance, and ballroom culture in Detroit&lt;/em&gt;. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Blackwood, E. 2010. &lt;em&gt;Falling into the lesbi world: desire and difference in Indonesia. &lt;/em&gt;Honolulu: University of Hawai’i Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———  &amp;amp; M. Johnson 2012. Queer Asian subjects: transgressive sexualities and heteronormative meanings. &lt;em&gt;Asian Studies Review &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;36&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 441-51.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Boellstorff, T. 2005. &lt;em&gt;The gay archipelago: sexuality and the nation in Indonesia. &lt;/em&gt;Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2007. Queer studies in the house of anthropology. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;36&lt;/strong&gt;, 17-35.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———  2011. BUT DO NOT IDENTIFY AS GAY: a proleptic genealogy of the MSM category. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;26&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 287-312.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———  &amp;amp; N.N. Dave 2015. Introduction: the production and reproduction of queer anthropology. Fieldsights: theorizing the contemporary.&lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology Online &lt;/em&gt;(available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;https://culanth.org/fieldsights/introduction-the-production-and-reproduction-of-queer-anthropology&quot;&gt;https://culanth.org/fieldsights/introduction-the-production-and-reproduction-of-queer-anthropology&lt;/a&gt;).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Boyce, P. 2007. &#039;Conceiving kothis&#039;: men who have sex with men in India and the cultural subject of HIV prevention. &lt;em&gt;Medical Anthropology: Cross-Cultural Studies in Health and Illness&lt;/em&gt;, &lt;strong&gt;26&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 175-203. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———, E.L. Engebretsen &amp;amp; S. Posocco 2018. Introduction: anthropology’s queer sensibilities.&lt;em&gt;Sexualities &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 843-52.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Carrier, J. 1995. &lt;em&gt;De los otros: intimacy and homosexuality among Mexican men&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cohen, L. 1995. The pleasures of castration: the postoperative status of hijras, jankhas and academics. In &lt;em&gt;Sexual nature, sexual culture &lt;/em&gt;(eds) P.R. Abramson &amp;amp; S.D. Pinkerton, 276-304. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dave, N.N. 2012. &lt;em&gt;Queer activism in India: a story in the anthropology of ethics&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 2012.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Dutta, A. &amp;amp; R. Roy 2014. Decolonizing transgender in India: some reflections. &lt;em&gt;TSQ &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 320-37.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Engebretsen, E.L. 2013. &lt;em&gt;Queer women in urban China: an ethnography&lt;/em&gt;. Abingdon: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fajardo, K.B. 2011. &lt;em&gt;Filipino crosscurrents: oceanographies of seafaring, masculinities, and globalization&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fitzgerald, T.K. 1977. A critique of anthropological research on homosexuality. &lt;em&gt;Journal of Homosexuality &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 385-97.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gaudio, R.P. 2011. &lt;em&gt;Allah made us: sexual outlaws in an Islamic African city&lt;/em&gt;. Hoboken: John Wiley &amp;amp; Sons.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Graham, M. &lt;em&gt;et al&lt;/em&gt;. 2016. Anthropologists are talking about queer anthropology.&quot; &lt;em&gt;Ethnos &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;81&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 364-77.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Gray, M.L. 2009. &lt;em&gt;Out in the country: youth, media, and queer visibility in rural America&lt;/em&gt;. New York: University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hill, W.W. 1935. The status of the hermaphrodite and transvestite in Navaho culture. &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;37&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 273-79.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Howe, C. 2013. &lt;em&gt;Intimate activism: the struggle for sexual rights in postrevolutionary Nicaragua&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Jagose, A. 1996. &lt;em&gt;Queer theory: an introduction&lt;/em&gt;. New York: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Johnson, E.P. 2011. &lt;em&gt;Sweet tea: black gay men of the South&lt;/em&gt;. Chapel Hill, N.C.: University of North Carolina Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Käng, D.B. 2012. Kathoey ‘in trend’: emergent genderscapes, national anxieties and the re-signification of male-bodied effeminacy in Thailand. &lt;em&gt;Asian Studies Review &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;36&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 475-94.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———  2014. Idols of development: transnational transgender performance in Thai K-Pop cover dance. &lt;em&gt;Transgender Studies Quarterly &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;1&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 559-71.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kennedy, E.L. &amp;amp; M.D. Davis 1993. &lt;em&gt;Boots of leather, slippers of gold: the history of a lesbian community&lt;/em&gt;. Abingdon: Routledge,&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Le Renard, A. 2014. &lt;em&gt;A society of young women: opportunities of place, power, and reform in Saudi Arabia&lt;/em&gt;. Palo Alto: Stanford University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Leap, W. &amp;amp; T. Boellstorff (eds) 2004. &lt;em&gt;Speaking in queer tongues: globalization and gay language&lt;/em&gt;. Champaign: University of Illinois Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lewin, E. 2009. &lt;em&gt;Gay fatherhood: narratives of family and citizenship in America&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lyons, A.P. &amp;amp; H. Lyons 2004. &lt;em&gt;Irregular connections: a history of anthropology and sexuality&lt;/em&gt;. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Manalansan IV, M.F. 2003. &lt;em&gt;Global divas: Filipino gay men in the diaspora&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;McGlotten, S. 2013. &lt;em&gt;Virtual intimacies: media, affect, and queer sociality&lt;/em&gt;. Albany, N.Y.: SUNY Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mead, M. 1935. &lt;em&gt;Sex and temperament in three primitive societies&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Morrow.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Mitchell, G. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Tourist attractions: performing race and masculinity in Brazil&#039;s sexual economy&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Morgensen, S.L. 2011. &lt;em&gt;Spaces between us: queer settler colonialism and indigenous decolonization&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Morris, R.C. 1994. Three sexes and four sexualities: redressing the discourses on gender and sexuality in contemporary Thailand. &lt;em&gt;Positions: East Asia Cultures Critique &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 15-43.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———  1995. All made up: performance theory and the new anthropology of sex and gender. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;24&lt;/strong&gt;, 567-92.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Newton, E. 1972. &lt;em&gt;Mother camp: female impersonators in America&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———  2000. &lt;em&gt;Margaret Mead made me gay. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Newton, N. 2016. Contingent invisibility: space, community, and invisibility for Les in Saigon. &lt;em&gt;GLQ: A Journal of Lesbian and Gay Studies &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;22&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 109-36.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nguyen, V.-K. 2010. &lt;em&gt;The republic of therapy: triage and sovereignty in West Africa’s time of AIDS&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nigst, L. &amp;amp; J.S. García 2010. Boyāt in the Gulf: identity, contestation, and social control. &lt;em&gt;Middle East Critique &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;19&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 5-34.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ochoa, M. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Queen for a day: transformistas, beauty queens, and the performance of femininity in Venezuela&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Padilla, M. 2008. &lt;em&gt;Caribbean pleasure industry: tourism, sexuality, and AIDS in the Dominican Republic&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Plemons, E. 2017. &lt;em&gt;The look of a woman: facial feminization surgery and the aims of trans-medicine&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Povinelli, E.A. 2006. &lt;em&gt;The empire of love: toward a theory of intimacy, genealogy, and carnality&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ramberg, L. 2014. &lt;em&gt;Given to the goddess: South Indian devadasis and the sexuality of religion&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Reddy, G. 2005. &lt;em&gt;With respect to sex: negotiating hijra identity in South India&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Reid, G. 2013. &lt;em&gt;How to be a real gay: gay identities in small town South Africa&lt;/em&gt;. Scottsville, South Africa: University of KwaZulu-Natal Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rofel, L. 2007. &lt;em&gt;Desiring China: experiments in neoliberalism, sexuality, and public culture&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rubin, G. 1984. Thinking sex: notes for a radical theory on the politics of sexuality. In &lt;em&gt;Pleasure and danger: exploring female sexuality &lt;/em&gt;(ed.) C. Vance, 267-319. Boston: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———  2011. &lt;em&gt;Deviations: a Gayle Rubin reader&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sadjadi, S. 2019. Deep in the brain: identity and authenticity in pediatric gender transition. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;34&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 103-29.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Shirinian, T. 2018. The nation‐family: intimate encounters and genealogical perversion in Armenia. &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;45&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 48-59.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sinnott, M. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Toms and dees: transgender identity and female same-sex relationships in Thailand&lt;/em&gt;. Honolulu: University of Hawaii Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;———  2010. Borders, diaspora and regional connections: trends in Asian ‘queer’ studies. &lt;em&gt;Journal of Asian Studies &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;69&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 17-31.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sonenschein, D. 1966. Homosexuality as a subject of anthropological inquiry. &lt;em&gt;Anthropological Quarterly &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;39&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 73-82.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Spiro, M.E. 1967. &lt;em&gt;Burmese supernaturalism. An explanation on suffering reduction&lt;/em&gt;. Englewood Cliffs, N. J.: Prentice-Hall.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stoler, A.L. 1995. &lt;em&gt;Race and the education of desire: Foucault&#039;s history of sexuality and the colonial order of things&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stout, N.M. 2014. &lt;em&gt;After love: queer intimacy and erotic economies in post-Soviet Cuba&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tuzin, D. 1991. Sex, culture and the anthropologist. &lt;em&gt;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;33&lt;/strong&gt;(8), 867-74.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Valentine, D. 2007. &lt;em&gt;Imagining transgender: an ethnography of a category&lt;/em&gt;. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Vance, C.S. 1991. Anthropology rediscovers sexuality: a theoretical comment. &lt;em&gt;Social Science &amp;amp; Medicine &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;33&lt;/strong&gt;(8), 875-84.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Warner, M. (ed.) 1993. &lt;em&gt;Fear of a queer planet: queer politics and social theory&lt;/em&gt;. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Weiss, M. 2011a. The epistemology of ethnography: method in queer anthropology. &lt;em&gt;GLQ: A Journal of Lesbian and Gay Studies &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;17&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 649-64.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2011b. &lt;em&gt;Techniques of pleasure: BDSM and the circuits of sexuality. &lt;/em&gt;Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2016a. Discipline and desire: feminist politics, queer studies, and new queer anthropology. In &lt;em&gt;Mapping feminist anthropology in the twenty-first century &lt;/em&gt;(eds.) E. Lewin &amp;amp; L.M. Silverstein, 168-87. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2016b. Always after: desiring queer studies, desiring anthropology. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;31&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 627-38.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wekker, G. 2006. &lt;em&gt;The politics of passion: women&#039;s sexual culture in the Afro-Surinamese diaspora&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Weston, K. 1993. Lesbian/gay studies in the house of anthropology. &lt;em&gt;Annual Review of Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;22&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 339-67.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1997. &lt;em&gt;Families we choose: lesbians, gays, kinship&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Columbia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1998. &lt;em&gt;Long slow burn: sexuality and social science&lt;/em&gt;. Routledge: New York.  &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wieringa, S., E. Blackwood &amp;amp; A. Bhaiya (eds) 2007. &lt;em&gt;Women&#039;s sexualities and masculinities in a globalizing Asia&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Palgrave MacMillan.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wilson, A. 2004. &lt;em&gt;The intimate economies of Bangkok: tomboys, tycoons, and Avon ladies in the global city&lt;/em&gt;. Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2006. Queering Asia. &lt;em&gt;Intersections &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;14&lt;/strong&gt;(available on-line: &lt;a href=&quot;http://intersections.anu.edu.au/issue14/wilson.html&quot;&gt;http://intersections.anu.edu.au/issue14/wilson.html&lt;/a&gt;). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2010. NGOs as erotic sites. In &lt;em&gt;Development, sexual rights and global governance &lt;/em&gt;(ed.) A.Lind, 104-16. London; New York: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Zimman, L. 2017. Trans people&#039;s linguistic self-determination and the dialogic nature of identity. In &lt;em&gt;Representing trans: linguistic, legal and everyday perspectives&lt;/em&gt;, (eds) E. Hazeberg &amp;amp; M. Meyerhoff, 226-248. Wellington, New Zealand: Victoria University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ara Wilson is Associate Professor in the Gender, Sexuality, &amp;amp; Feminist Studies Program and the Cultural Anthropology Department at Duke University, and is former chair of the Association for Queer Anthropology (AQA). Wilson is the author of &lt;em&gt;The intimate economies of Bangkok: tomboys, tycoons, and Avon ladies in the global city &lt;/em&gt;(2004, University of California Press) and has published interpretations of significant concepts for queer social analysis, such as infrastructure, intimacy, and gender. &lt;a href=&quot;https://scholars.duke.edu/person/ara.wilson&quot;&gt;https://scholars.duke.edu/person/ara.wilson&lt;/a&gt;.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Ara Wilson, Gender, Sexuality &amp;amp; Feminist Studies Program, Duke University, 117 East Duke Building, Durham, N.C. 27701, United States. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;a&gt;&lt;em&gt;ara.wilson@duke.edu&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;em&gt;. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;hr align=&quot;left&quot; size=&quot;1&quot; width=&quot;33%&quot; /&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn1&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref1&quot; name=&quot;_ftn1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; For more information on this term, see: Epple, C. 1998. Coming to terms with Navajo ‘nádleehí’: a critique of ‘berdache’, ‘Gay,’ ‘Alternate Gender,’ and ‘Two-Spirit’. &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;25&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 267-90.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn2&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref2&quot; name=&quot;_ftn2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt; In his chapter on ‘Homosexual love’ in his 1926 book, &lt;em&gt;The origin and development of the moral ideas&lt;/em&gt;, Westermarck works hard to prove that homophobic disgust is universal. His own evidence challenged the conclusion he desired.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn3&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref3&quot; name=&quot;_ftn3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn3&quot;&gt;[3]&lt;/a&gt; Strong women paired with weak men was a trope of mid-century, Cold War discourse. Powerful wives and mothers were deemed to cause less-manly husbands and homosexual men: in general, men not powerful enough to fight against communism.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn4&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref4&quot; name=&quot;_ftn4&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn4&quot;&gt;[4]&lt;/a&gt; Malinowski intended functionalism to be an alternative theory of sexuality to psychoanalysis, which he criticized.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn5&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref5&quot; name=&quot;_ftn5&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn5&quot;&gt;[5]&lt;/a&gt; American lesbian and gays were achieving fuller membership in society through markers of normativity: marriage, advertising images, military service. Such membership decentered a gay male culture that enabled sex with multiple partners, at times in public spaces.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn6&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref6&quot; name=&quot;_ftn6&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn6&quot;&gt;[6]&lt;/a&gt; European Network for Queer Anthropology (available on-line: https://www.easaonline.org/networks/enqa/). Accessed 5 February 2018.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn7&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref7&quot; name=&quot;_ftn7&quot; id=&quot;_ftn7&quot;&gt;[7]&lt;/a&gt; Those considered outside a ‘charmed circle’ of sexuality (Rubin 1984) include sex between men and women (technically speaking, heterosexual), such as female sex workers or kink practices, like BDSM (Weiss 2011b).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn8&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref8&quot; name=&quot;_ftn8&quot; id=&quot;_ftn8&quot;&gt;[8]&lt;/a&gt; Review essays explaining the queer dimension of Queer Anthropology include Allen 2013; Boellstorff 2005; Boellstorff &amp;amp; Dave 2015; Boyce, Engebretsen &amp;amp; Possoco 2018; Graham et al.2016; Weiss 2016a, 2016b.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn9&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref9&quot; name=&quot;_ftn9&quot; id=&quot;_ftn9&quot;&gt;[9]&lt;/a&gt; Le Renard (2014) spells this as ‘buya’.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn10&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref10&quot; name=&quot;_ftn10&quot; id=&quot;_ftn10&quot;&gt;[10]&lt;/a&gt; In the US, where anthropological linguistics is its own subfield, gay, lesbian, transgender and queer language research sustains a regular conference called Lavender Languages, which beganin 1993. For more information, visit: https://lavenderlanguages.wordpress.com/information-about-lavender-languages-and-linguistics/&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn11&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref11&quot; name=&quot;_ftn11&quot; id=&quot;_ftn11&quot;&gt;[11]&lt;/a&gt; Other US terms affiliated with transgender are ‘gender non-binary’ and ‘gender non-conforming’. A person’s earliest biographical information is conveyed by describing them as ‘assigned female/male at birth’, or ‘AFAB’, ‘AMAB’ for short. The term ‘cis’, an antonym to trans in chemistry, is used to refer to those who live out the gender connected with their assigned sex, e.g., men who identify as male. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn12&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref12&quot; name=&quot;_ftn12&quot; id=&quot;_ftn12&quot;&gt;[12]&lt;/a&gt; Transgender nomenclature is in flux. The shortened version ‘trans*’, which adopted the asterisk from the late 20th -century database search code to produce inclusive results, is less commonly used. Some replace the asterisk with a hyphen, as in, ‘Trans-’. Many now just use ‘Trans’. Phrases preferred by advocates have evolved so rapidly that words used commonly a decade ago (or less) – like ‘transgendered’, ‘transgenderism’, ‘male-bodied’, ‘born-female’ – are now subject to critique.⁠This makes older works, including path-breaking studies in Queer Anthropology (e.g., Newton 1973), feel outdated, and, therefore, politically problematic. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn13&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref13&quot; name=&quot;_ftn13&quot; id=&quot;_ftn13&quot;&gt;[13]&lt;/a&gt; Queer scholarship on &lt;em&gt;hijra &lt;/em&gt;includes Boyce 2007; Cohen 1995; Reddy 2005; Dutta &amp;amp; Roy 2014. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn14&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref14&quot; name=&quot;_ftn14&quot; id=&quot;_ftn14&quot;&gt;[14]&lt;/a&gt; The prevalent model of LGBT rights relies on the ocular trope of coming out and promoting visibility. In addition to the anthropologies of the US South, other anthropologists have argued that this mode of politics is not feasible or salient for some queer communities, such as immigrants (particularly undocumented) and poor queers of color. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Wed, 31 Jul 2019 17:09:29 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Felix Stein</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">682 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
<item>
 <title>Divination</title>
 <link>https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/entry/divination</link>
 <description>&lt;div class=&quot;image&quot;&gt;&lt;img typeof=&quot;foaf:Image&quot; src=&quot;https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com/sites/www.anthroencyclopedia.com/files/styles/full-article-style/public/divination_picture_7_copy_4.jpg?itok=-Ltd7PA4&quot; alt=&quot;&quot; /&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-entry-tags field-type-taxonomy-term-reference field-label-hidden field-wrapper clearfix&quot;&gt;&lt;ul class=&quot;links&quot;&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-0&quot; class=&quot;field-item even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/cosmology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Cosmology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-1&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/language&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Language&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-2&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/ontology&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Ontology&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-3&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/ritual&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Ritual&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-4&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/sacrifice&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Sacrifice&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-5&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/body&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Body&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-6&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/cognition&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Cognition&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;li class=&quot;taxonomy-term-reference-7&quot; class=&quot;field-item even odd even odd even odd even odd&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/entry-tags/religion&quot; typeof=&quot;skos:Concept&quot; property=&quot;rdfs:label skos:prefLabel&quot; datatype=&quot;&quot;&gt;Religion&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/li&gt;&lt;/ul&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-author field-type-entityreference field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;/author/diana-espirito-santo&quot;&gt;Diana Espírito Santo&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-university-name field-type-text field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-publication-date field-type-computed field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;
   &lt;div class=&quot;date-in-parts&quot;&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;title&quot;&gt;Initially published &lt;span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;day&quot;&gt;4&lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;month&quot;&gt;Apr &lt;/span&gt;
       &lt;span class=&quot;year&quot;&gt;2019&lt;/span&gt;
    &lt;/div&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-doi-link field-type-link-field field-label-hidden field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19divination&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;http://doi.org/10.29164/19divination&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;field field-name-field-abstract field-type-text-long field-label-above field-wrapper&quot;&gt;&lt;div  class=&quot;field-label&quot;&gt;Abstract:&amp;nbsp;&lt;/div&gt;&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Divination is a widespread cultural practice that takes varied forms worldwide. It can be diagnostic, forecasting, and interventionist, in the sense of changing the receptor’s destiny. The classic distinction is that of Cicero’s inspirational divination versus that which requires some form of trained skill. Oracles, seers, and prophets in Ancient Greece would be part of the first category, while African basket diviners, Yoruba priests of divination, and Mongolian shamans would be part of the latter category. Arguably most forms of divination require both inspiration and skill. Divination practices are often based in nature, taking form through its elements. It can be done with things, such as tea leaves, bones, nuts, and water, as well as cards, and other non-nature-based components. It can also be done in and as the body, such as with spirit possession, mediation, and dreams. Furthermore, there are spontaneous forms of divination, such as reading the movement of birds, and more formal ones requiring meticulous human input. But links to the divine can vary, with Western forms of divination often devoid of a tradition or theology behind the use of oracles. As a concept, divination has constituted one of anthropology’s primary tropes for representing its exotic ‘other’. While cognitive and symbolic-intellectualist approaches understand divination as a mostly explanatory device, critics signal to divination’s embodied, worldmaking, and also ontological character.&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;&lt;div class=&quot;body field&quot;&gt;&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Introduction&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A good first way of approaching divination is to consider it as a means of arriving at answers to a personal or social quandary. As such, divination may be diagnostic, in that it offers advice, guidance, rules, and taboos to be followed. It can also be forecasting, by predicting future events, and it may even be interventionist, by intervening in the receptor&lt;em&gt;’&lt;/em&gt;s spiritual and physical health or indeed in their destiny.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;That said, divination is also a ritual and a tradition, ‘constituted by, and constituting, an ongoing dialogue with more-than-human agents’ (Curry 2010: 114-115). Nature is traditionally fundamental to divination, whose indigenous metaphorical roots remit to natural phenomena such as stones, &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19water&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;water&lt;/a&gt;, and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18animals&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animal&lt;/a&gt; behaviour (Curry 2010: 115). In some African and Afro-American religious communities, animal blood and other sacrifices are necessary to obtain enough vitality for the gods to manifest in an oracle, as a prelude to interpretation (exegesis) on the part of the diviner. Different concepts of temporality seem to apply in divination. To engage in ‘evil eye’ exorcisms and coffee-cup readings, or tasseography, in Greece, for instance, one has to be able to comprehend multiple temporalities. C. Nadia Seremetakis explains, ‘[l]inear, compartmentalized time advanced by modernity precludes any interpenetration of the present and the future’ (2009: 339), characteristic of divination. For instance, modernity’s temporality has little to say about &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24dreams&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dream&lt;/a&gt; signs from the future and how these penetrate the present, for dreamers. In modern times, the present is something impermeable (Seremetakis 2009), unaffected by the future-telling of oracles such as coffee-cup readings, which interpret the patterns on remaining coffee sediments.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Divination has been documented &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographically&lt;/a&gt; as a phenomenon with an astounding variety of methods and techniques across cultures. In &lt;em&gt;De Divinatione &lt;/em&gt;(2007), written in 44 BC, the Roman philosopher Cicero distinguishes between inspirational kinds of divination, such as visions or dreams, and those requiring some form of trained skill, such as astrology. Oracles, seers, or prophets in Ancient Greece would be considered part of the first lot. Indeed, healing sanctuaries in the ancient Greek world promoted forms of dream incubation for the premonition and recognition of ailments (Tedlock 2010). Techniques for skill-based divination tend to involve interpreting diviners, who can be socially recognised and highly respected as experts, or indeed shamans,&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn1&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref1&quot; style=&quot;background-size: 16px; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-size: 10.8333px;&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; in their respective societies.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Divination can be done with &lt;em&gt;things&lt;/em&gt;, such as consecrated or significant objects, bones, shells, stones, tea leaves, or cards. But it can also be carried out via &lt;em&gt;bodies&lt;/em&gt;, cultivated through spirit mediumship and shamanism, in which there is a communicative prerogative to the possessed: messages come from the mouths of mediums but do not originate with them. A medium’s sensory and subjective information can remain relevant, such as with North American ‘channelers’ (Brown 1999) or with Latvian ‘sensitives’&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn2&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref2&quot;&gt;[2] &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;(Skultans 2007). Alternatively, full possession can annihilate the medium’s consciousness altogether and they become pure vehicles for the divine (Wafer 1991). In some cases, trance by a witchcraft spirit can constitute evidence of foul play by others, whereby it qualifies as divination of sorts (see Fontein 2014, for a discussion of this in UK courts). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Links to the divine in divination vary. It can be buttressed by a cosmology of invisible entities, which an oracle mediates, such as with the orisha gods in the Yoruba cowry-shell divination (Bascom 1969). Yet it may also be experienced as a direct configuration of the cosmos as it is, such as with the Tarot, astrology, or numerology, which animate the cosmos with extra-human causal forces, but do not necessarily rely on the existence of a single god or deity. This second category includes conceptualizations by Jungian scholars such as Marie-Louise von Franz, for whom the unconscious is a repository of collective archetypal knowledge, that is catalysed perfectly through divination (1980). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Importantly, divination does not just belong to ‘traditional’ societies. In Western societies for example, experts often use divination without a cultural sanction of any kind, and indeed &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19magic&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;magical&lt;/a&gt; traditions are often associated with the upper classes (Greenwood 2009). Electronic and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18digital&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;digital&lt;/a&gt; technology can also become important, such as when paranormal investigators contact the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18death&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dead&lt;/a&gt; using white-noise generating machines known as Ghost or Divination Boxes, resulting in so-called Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) (Noory &amp;amp; Guiley 2011). Further, divination has something to say about representational concepts of mediation and transcendence in modern technology. Aisha Beliso-De Jesús has used the ethnography of transnational divinatory practices between Cuba and the United States (2015) to argue that electronic media, such as the Internet, or DVDs, enable the expansion not just of Afro-Cuban religion, but also of the movement and transit of its deities through electric currents. Modern media and spirit here cannot easily be analytically separated. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Some scholars have proposed divination is part of ‘magical thinking’, which we are all capable of, either because it is biologically, evolutionarily innate (Barrett 2004; Boyer 1994; Nemeroff &amp;amp; Rozin 2000), or because we are all in possession of an ultimately ‘irrational’ intuition. Thorley &lt;em&gt;et al. &lt;/em&gt;(2010) have even proposed the term ‘essential divination’ to describe the quotidian symbolic thinking, some of which is unconscious, which characterises all human beings. In any case, divination is not an arbitrary cultural practice; it is, in the words of Philip M. Peek, ‘often the primary institutional means of articulating the epistemology of a people’ (1991: 2): both a way of knowing&lt;em&gt;, &lt;/em&gt;and a trusted means of decision-making. It is also a source of social and political power. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;But as a concept, it has also constituted one of anthropology’s primary tropes for representing its exotic ‘other’. In this entry, I follow the main functionalist and intellectualist-symbolic perspectives that have dominated the anthropology of divination. In broad stokes, structural-functionalism sees cultural elements as fitting together organically and maintaining social cohesion, whereas intellectualist-symbolic approaches see divination as commenting on or explaining the social and natural world. These perspectives are underwritten by the notion that practitioners &lt;em&gt;represent &lt;/em&gt;reality in myriad and expert ways with available but limited knowledge, and that divination implies a complex knowledge of social relationships in a given society articulated in symbolic ways. At the end of this entry, I will explore recent approaches to divination that understand it thoroughly in its worldmaking and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ontology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ontological&lt;/a&gt; capacities.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Randomness, interpretation, and language&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;One of the guiding questions of the anthropology of religion has been, in the words of Dan Sperber, why some people entertain and &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21socialrepro&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;reproduce&lt;/a&gt; ‘apparently irrational beliefs’ (1985). This puzzlement has haunted much of the anthropology of divination.&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn3&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref3&quot; style=&quot;background-size: 16px; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-size: 10.8333px;&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref3&quot;&gt;[3]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt; For Sperber, this assumed ‘irrationality’ can be explained if we take into consideration that evolved &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21mind&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;minds&lt;/a&gt; are capable of having &lt;em&gt;meta-representations&lt;/em&gt;, i.e&lt;em&gt;. &lt;/em&gt;representations of representations. The paradigmatic example of these are spirits and other beings that perform extraordinary feats with disregard for the laws of physics and biology. Thus, it is because a person can have &lt;em&gt;reflective &lt;/em&gt;beliefs (2001) based on a meta-presentational capacity inherent to the human brain that we can believe in, say, dragons (an example in Sperber’s 1982 text), or guiding spirits in the absence of ever having seen them. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another way in which the anthropology of divination has partially redeemed its denizens of the charge of ‘irrationality’ (see Argyrou 2002) is by working from what is taken as the basic condition of divination – randomness. The assumption of some anthropologists is that oracular systems don’t &lt;em&gt;really &lt;/em&gt;work&lt;em&gt;, &lt;/em&gt;and that what matters about them is interpretation, not divine or mystical intervention of any kind. Randomness, and chaos, have thus been largely understood as a necessity of divination; namely, as a prelude to an expert’s exegesis in the language of cultural symbols. The key is that randomness provides a blank canvas of sorts for the oracular enterprise, something to be worked over cognitively and socially, which may sometimes be necessary for the survival of a community. In his study of scapulmancy, or shoulder-blade divination,&lt;sup&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn4&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref4&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref4&quot;&gt;[4] &lt;/a&gt;&lt;/sup&gt;among the Naskapi Indians of the Labradorian peninsula in Canada, Omar Khayyam Moore argued that divination is instrumental in the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16tribe&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;tribe’s&lt;/a&gt; life-supporting &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20hunt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;hunting&lt;/a&gt; endeavours because it randomises human behaviour in a context where avoiding fixed hunting patterns can be an advantage (1957: 73). Habitual success in certain hunting areas can lead to the depletion of game; randomness, presupposed for divination, is here constitutive of Naskapi livelihood itself. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Indeed, randomness is so taken for granted by some divination scholars that it is widely assumed that the difference between a ‘good’ and ‘bad’ divination is the diviner’s capacity to theoretically leap between complete arbitrariness and representational form. This is done through competences and knowledge of social and personal circumstances. Tedlock, for instance, observes that diviners are&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;[s]pecialists who use the idea of moving from a boundless to a bounded realm of existence in their practice. Compared with their peers, diviners excel in insight, imagination, fluency in language, and knowledge of cultural traditions (2001: 191).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Moving from an unbounded to bounded plane is thus informed by theory, cosmology, and knowledge of one’s social cohort and its myriad &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt;. The anthropology of African divinatory systems has been particularly elucidative of this. The utterances of African diviners often imply linguistic and poetic dexterity, as well as the ability to artfully select or omit certain passages or oracular observations, banish socially problematic implications, as well as infer collectively what the best possible result might be. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The prime example of these social and rhetorical strategies is Richard Werbner’s work on the Kalanga of Botswana (1973; 2017), where he posits a ‘superabundance of understanding’ on the part of diviners, which must be whittled down and tuned to suit a particular situation or client. As in many African societies, Kalanga diviners are persuasive, and have ‘highly stylized language’ – both immediate events and matters of personal history must be part of their divinatory speech (1973: 1414). ‘Transparent talk without counterpoint of hidden and manifest meanings is inadequate for divination’ for the Kalanga, Werbner argues (1415). Divination consists of throwing four separate pieces of ivory, each of which has two surfaces, one marked, the other unmarked. The pieces have characteristics of age and sex at first glance. The ‘senior’ of these pieces is Old Male, while the others include Young Male, Old Female, Young Female (Werbner 1973: 1416-17). Sixteen possible configurations can result from a throw, taking into account that all four pieces are thrown at once, and that some may land with no markings. Most people are familiar with the overt meaning of these configurations. However, Werbner’s argument is that there is a matrix of metaphors to the configurations known expertly only by the diviner:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;[a] diviner strings together riddles, paradoxes, and equivocal figures of speech, with barbed emphasis in rhetorical questions, each associated with a cast of the diviner’s four two-faced lots (1421).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; He speaks in praises, imagery and evocations, some cryptic. The point is not just one of aesthetics, he says. It is, in essence, the &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;‘sociologically significant aspects of the ordered relations’ – based on, say prior knowledge of personal circumstances – ‘which free divination […] from the risk of being such a gamble. There is a cognitive control such that contextually relevant meanings within a matrix shape divination, rather than randomness’ (Werbner 1973: 1419).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;David Zeitlyn also stresses the interpretive and collaborative dialogues needed to achieve successful divinatory outcomes (2001). The series of operations that manipulating an oracle implies may themselves be random, but the interaction between clients and diviner is indispensable to the processes of interpretation itself, especially when texts are particularly opaque, such as the &lt;em&gt;I Ching&lt;/em&gt;,&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn5&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref5&quot; style=&quot;background-size: 16px; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-size: 10.8333px;&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref5&quot;&gt;[5]&lt;/a&gt; and the diviner must take on the qualities of a ‘literary critic’ (2001: 228). Elsewhere, Zeitlyn writes on spider divination among the Mambila in Cameroon (1993), whose results are presented as evidence in court among, say, chiefs of lineages. Again, oracular meanings are not simple. They involve a host of factors, including a complex negotiation of political, familiar, and personal concerns.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Symbolic and intellectualist approaches&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Symbols are of primary importance in Victor Turner’s analysis of divination. We will focus on his &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnography&lt;/a&gt; &lt;em&gt;Revelation and divination in Ndembu ritual &lt;/em&gt;(1975) and on Ndembu basket divination, &lt;em&gt;nğombu yakusekula &lt;/em&gt;within that. It involves shaking up or tossing a series of objects in a round, flat, open basket, a type of action associated with women’s winnowing of millet, and standing for the ‘sifting of truth from falsehood’ (Turner 1975: 213, 215). The objects – figurines – are selected by the diviner from a large group of objects of assorted shapes, colours, and sizes, kept separately. Each one represents the human being in various postures. Before throwing, the diviner asks a question; after the toss (he does three) he examines which figurines were left above the others. More questions can follow. Turner argues that his skill ‘consists in the way in which he adapts his general exegesis of the objects to the given circumstances’ (1975: 214). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Turner’s ethnography is considered to be exhaustive and theoretically innovative (De Boeck &amp;amp; Devisch 1994). For Turner, divination can be thought of as &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;a form of social analysis, in the course of which hidden conflicts between persons and factions are brought to light, so that they may be dealt with by traditional and institutionalized procedures (1975: 235). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;It is, under this light, a ‘form of social redress’, whereby the diviner exonerates or accuses individuals, uncovering ‘unconscious impulsions behind antisocial behavior’ (Turner 1975: 233). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The diviner is all too aware of the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18precarity&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;precarious&lt;/a&gt; nature of his own position. Approached by a family for revealing causes of sickness or misfortune in a family member, his &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24worklabour&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;work&lt;/a&gt; includes identifying the witch who may be responsible for it. The diviner knows that the witch-culprit may be a family member who stands to gain politically by the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18death&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;death&lt;/a&gt; of the victim. His appraisal of the balance of power between competing factions is therefore critical. Turner argues that divinatory symbols open an understanding of the ‘social drama’ at hand, and redirect social action appropriately: &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;[t]he diviner […] is trying to grasp consciously and bring into the open the secret, and even unconscious, motives and aims of human actors in some situation of social disturbance (1975: 232).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;De Boeck and Devish argue that Turner’s symbolic analysis fails to account for the multidirectionality and polyvocality of symbolic and metaphorical processes (1991: 103). While he acknowledges the emotive character of divination, the latter is taken unproblematically as part of a ‘script’ or ‘text’ that somehow represents or condenses social life. Ultimately, for Turner, divination &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;is a device to help a conscious individual to arrive at decisions about rightdoing and wrongdoing, to establish innocence or allocate blame in situations of misfortune, and to prescribe well-known remedies’ (1975: 233). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The ultimate aim of divination is then to heal social schisms and lead to a consensus. But this view may be too simple: De Boeck and Devish recommend that Turner’s emphasis on structure and social engineering be balanced with one that sensitises &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24agency&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;agency&lt;/a&gt;, praxis, performativity (1991: 103). In the Luunda and Yaka basket divinations studied by these authors, meanings are open-ended and social redress is not necessarily their aim: instead, social dramas multiply into more social dramas. Furthermore, ‘in the act of performing and doing’ divination, the transformation implicit in the oracular process ‘is being embodied by the consultants in the ritual praxis’ (De Boeck &amp;amp; Devish 1991: 111). De Boeck and Devich stress that the &lt;em&gt;performance &lt;/em&gt;of the oracle invites the consultants to redefine their &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18relations&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;relations&lt;/a&gt; (of reciprocity, commensality, solidarity) and their involvement with their ‘life-world’ (1991: 112). In this sense the diagnosis that is forthcoming by the diviner already carries within itself ‘the meaningful (re)generation of a new integrative social and world-order’ (De Boeck &amp;amp; Devish 1991: 112). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sonia Silva, on the other hand, calls the knowledge produced as part of basket divination in Zambia ‘integrative’, in the sense that knowledge is lived as pain in the body, as the configurations of material objects in the basket, and as their interpretation (2014). According to Silva, human bodies, materials and spirits work in tandem (that is, integratively) in the divination process. She says that ‘truthful knowledge in basket divination is not delivered as a set of abstract propositions flushed out of the diviner’s mind’; rather, it is imputed to an ancestral spirit:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;[t]his spirit, however, manifests itself through a human body that feels pain and operates the oracle by shaking it. The contrast between the statements of researchers on the topic of basket divination and the statements of basket diviners in northwest Zambia is revealing of a broader, telling story that has defined the scholarship on divination systems in particular, and the study of knowledge in general (2014: 1176). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Silva points to the fact that many of the foundational divination scholars saw diviners as ‘scientists’, whose ultimate aim was to &lt;em&gt;explain, &lt;/em&gt;albeit &lt;em&gt;bad &lt;/em&gt;scientists at that. Indeed, like some of his predecessors, Turner too says that the diviner ‘does not try to “go behind” his beliefs in supernatural beings and forces’ (1975: 231). He holds that the premises by which the Ndembu diviner deduces his conclusions are non-rational. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;While Turner turns to symbols to explain divinatory practice, E.E. Evans-Pritchard’s 1937 explanation of the &lt;em&gt;benge &lt;/em&gt;poison oracle among the Azande in Sudan is decidedly intellectualist in scope. Here, poison is given to domestic fowl with the result of its life or death impinging upon the question asked. The poison is a liquid mixture from a forest creeper and is inserted in the fowl’s beak. Sometimes the doses prove immediately fatal; often the fowl recovers; other times it remains unaffected. Reasons why people consult this oracle can vary. Mostly, they aim to discover the agent of some misfortune (namely, a witch). In order to answer a question, there are usually two tests involving two fowl, each of which will be administered the poison in sequence. A verdict (say, if X has committed adultery) must be confirmed through the second test. If the results are contradictory, the verdict is considered invalid (Evans-Pritchard 1976 [1937]: 139). The poison oracle is by far the most important one among the Azande: it has a force of law. For instance, a man wishing to avenge a homicide cannot act without authorization from the poison oracle (Evans-Pritchard 1976 [1937]: 121). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;‘Witches’, Evans-Prichard says famously, ‘as the Azande conceive them, clearly cannot exist. None the less, the concept of witchcraft provides them with a natural philosophy by which the relations between men and unfortunate events are explained, and a ready and stereotyped means of reacting to such events’ (1976 [1936]: 18). Evans-Pritchard was well aware that the Azande had other concepts of causation that were not mystical. The classic example is that of a granary collapse at a time when people were sitting under it (Evans-Pritchard 1976 [1936]: 23). The Azande know that termites undermined the support of the granary ceiling. What is missing is an ‘explanation of why the two chains of causation intersected at a certain time and in a certain place, for there is no interdependence between them’, Evans-Pritchard says (1976 [1937]: 23). The missing link is provided by Azande philosophy of witchcraft. Both natural and mystical causation co-exist, supplementing each other:&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;[h]ence we see that witchcraft has its own logic, its own rules of thought, and that these do not exclude natural causation. Belief in witchcraft is quite consistent with human responsibility and a rational appreciation of nature (Evans-Pritchard 1976 [1936]: 30).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;According to Evans-Prichard, the Azande as studied during the period of 1926-30, when he did his fieldwork, did not rely on belief, but on action, conceptually informed as it was. Thus, when the poison oracle did not work, or contradicted itself, the Zande came up with all kinds of ‘secondary elaborations’ to support the thesis that it failed for some reason, whether because of a breach of taboo, anger of ghosts, or wrong variety of poison administered (Evans-Pritchard 1976 [1937]: 155). In sum, while the Zande were described as fully rational people, Evans-Prichard held that they ‘cannot go beyond the limits set by their culture and invent notions’ (1976 [1937]: 163). Their ‘web of belief’ was not an external structure in which the Zande were enclosed. It was the texture of their thought and they could think that it was wrong (Evans-Pritchard 1976 [1937]: 194; Horton 1967: 155).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Robin Horton has advanced this intellectualist approach (1967a, 1967b). He proposes dealing with the ‘puzzling features of traditional religious thinking’ through an analogy between theoretical Western &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16science&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;science&lt;/a&gt; and religious African thought. Horton uses Evans-Pritchard’s ethnography of the Azande extensively, as well as his own work among the Kalabari in contemporary Nigeria, to argue that ‘traditional thought’ cannot operate outside itself. According to Horton, while there is valid theoretical thought in ‘traditional cultures’, it is ultimately ‘closed’ because it is based on &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19magic&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;magic&lt;/a&gt;, witches, oracles, and other mystical phenomena inconsistent with ‘reality’. Propositions here are not open to disconfirmation and there is a reluctance to take failure of, say, an oracle as evidence against the existence of spirits or deities. Herein lies, according to Horton, the difference with Western scientists, who operate an ‘open’ thought system, marked by an experimental method that tests hypotheses and advances theoretical claims. The point for Horton is that both African traditional thought and Western science are&lt;em&gt; &lt;/em&gt;theoretical and explanatory, in the sense that they explicate particular circumstances through a particular causal context. Horton’s comparison has come under critique for implying in myriad ways that African thought is inferior to Western science (Tambiah 1990: 91). Stanley Tambiah also questions whether the African ‘theorizing’ observed by Horton would not be in actual fact the pursuance of other &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16values&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;values&lt;/a&gt; and interests (1990: 91). In the next section, I explore a body of literature that has taken this &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/16colonialism&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;postcolonial&lt;/a&gt; critique to heart and tries to break with functionalist, symbolic, and intellectualist approaches to divination. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Counterpoint: ontological approaches to divinatory truths&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In an article from 2012 on religious conversion among followers of a Japanese new religion, Philip Swift makes an argument that is indicative of a new direction in the study of religion. He says that conversion is not conceived of as a ‘reordering of one’s world-picture, in which novel representations (or beliefs or propositions) are imported into the mind’ (Swift 2012: 272-3). Rather, it is essentially a bodily process. Thus the need to shift gears, drop the epistemological focus and foreground difference right from the start, by adopting an &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ontology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ontological&lt;/a&gt; analysis. Swift says this is a well-trodden path in anthropology; indeed, he cites Victor Turner who argued that rites of passage involve ‘not a mere acquisition of knowledge, but a change in being’ (Turner 1967: 102; Swift 2012: 273). In other words, Turner made a case that rites &lt;em&gt;actuate, &lt;/em&gt;not represent, changed states in people. This praxiological understanding of rituals on the part of Turner contrasts significantly with that of divination, which we have seen above.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;A paradigmatic case for the ontological approach to divinatory practice is Martin Holbraad’s work on Afro-Cuban Ifá divination. Ifá is an all-male-dominated religious cult in Cuba, in which the diviner, the &lt;em&gt;babalawo, &lt;/em&gt;chosen for his role by the gods, undergoes years of rigorous training and extensive study of oracular divinations signs (&lt;em&gt;oddu&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;em&gt;, &lt;/em&gt;of which there are 256. Babalawos divine with a consecrated board, a white-powder called &lt;em&gt;aché, &lt;/em&gt;and sixteen palm nuts. Orula, the god of the Ifá oracle, is called, and as different throws are effected, the number of palm nuts remaining in both hands dictates the marks the diviner will draw on the powdered board. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Both Ifá and Santería (Ifá’s more popular religious sibling in the Afro-Cuban field) present a relatively fixed cosmology, and a corresponding world of causality (Holbraad 2010: 76). The latter is articulated extensively in myths (&lt;em&gt;patakies&lt;/em&gt;)&lt;em&gt;, &lt;/em&gt;as well as in divination, through oracular signs with which they associate. Everything that has existed, presently exists, and will exist is regarded as encompassed under the auspices of the &lt;em&gt;oricha-&lt;/em&gt;gods and their respective domains and life stories. While the notion that human beings can disrupt a divine social and cosmic equilibrium is rife, and explains misfortune and illness, this is underpinned by an even stronger concept of predestination. Most importantly here is that Orula, the god who has witnessed the destiny of every man and woman, never lies (Holbraad 2007, 2012a, 2012b). Thus, according to Holbraad, oracular pronouncements should not be subject to the truth verification of anthropologists. Holbraad’s interpretation is therefore pitted exactly against the intellectualist (and also cognitivist) analyses described above.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Holbraad proposes a new answer to an intractable problem anthropologists have faced with divination (and religion more broadly): the problem that, when in the face of alterity, they often decide to negate the assumptions of the people they study. According to him, ‘the job of anthropological analysis […] is not to account for why &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographic&lt;/a&gt; data are as they are, but rather to understand &lt;em&gt;what &lt;/em&gt;they are’ (Holbraad 2009: 96). The idea is to review and revise anthropological assumptions analytically, so that they &lt;em&gt;become &lt;/em&gt;congruent with the said data. Radical alterity demands a fresh conceptual field. Holbraad explains, ‘[r]ather than enunciating the conditions of native error (be they epistemic, cognitive, sociological, political, or whatever), the analytical task now becomes one of elucidating new concepts’ (Holbraad 2012b: 84). In broad strokes, he argues that the job of anthropologists would not be to &lt;em&gt;explain &lt;/em&gt;but to &lt;em&gt;conceptualise&lt;/em&gt;. He proposes the concept of ‘infinition’ (in other words,‘inventive definition’) as the answer to this conundrum.&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftn6&quot; name=&quot;_ftnref6&quot; style=&quot;background-size: 16px; background-color: rgb(255, 255, 255); font-size: 10.8333px;&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftnref6&quot;&gt;[6]&lt;/a&gt; Just like Cuban diviners &lt;em&gt;infine &lt;/em&gt;their clients, gauged through the notion that the oracle is infallible and indubitable, anthropologists too must invent new terms and new concepts to deal with alterity, say, of a divination system in which truth is not subject to verification or doubt. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;There have been other scholars of Afro-Cuban religion inspired by this line of argument in their respective fields, myself included (see, e.g., Espírito Santo 2013). Taking Holbraad’s notion of motility as central to the oracular enterprise in Cuban creole &lt;em&gt;espiritismo &lt;/em&gt;– in which deities are not seen as individual entities but as &lt;em&gt;motions, &lt;/em&gt;such as the markings on the divining board – I have argued that randomness is essential to the divinatory act and its results, and is tied to the movement inherent in the ‘things’ used for such purposes, like &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19water&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;water&lt;/a&gt; or flames or cards flicked in quick succession. The oracle itself can be secondary to its movement. Movement &lt;em&gt;is &lt;/em&gt;what allows spirits to intervene in their messages – it excites a metaphysical domain of beings, and moves potential cosmology into action, bringing it into the concrete world. Relatedly, chaos may not just be a backdrop for meanings but a substance that brings cosmology into concrete existence (Espírito Santo 2013: 33). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Anastasios Panagiotopoulos has also worked with a perspective on ontology, focusing on both diviners and clients. Articulacy, defined as the capacity of a given entity to ‘speak’ through the oracle, cannot be taken for granted. It requires sacrifice, both literal (&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18animals&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;animal&lt;/a&gt; blood, for instance) and metaphorical (taboos, restrictions, good conduct). In a recent paper, he argues that sacrifice should not be seen through the opposition of sacred/profane, but – in the context of Afro-Cuban religion – as the fuel with which oracular perspectives, and thus articulacy, are ignited (2018: 483). This fuel yields words, which in turn yields perspectives and paths (&lt;em&gt;caminos&lt;/em&gt;) for the people who seek diviners. As these paths solidify in a given individual, they create centers of oracular production, which are in turn generative of articulacy itself (Panagiotopoulos 2018: 475). &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;In another article, Panagiotopoulos speaks of spirit ‘affinity’ as the glue through which these paths are revealed (2017). Affinity here, spirit-person kinship if you will, is materialised through spirit representations (dolls), for example, which acknowledge and reify the &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18death&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dead’s&lt;/a&gt; voices and perspectives. Importantly, this relies on being seen and manipulated by a medium. Panagiotopoulos thus takes inspiration from Viveiros de Castro in that he argues that points of view matter in the creation of personhood (2018: 479). But they are not simply &lt;em&gt;momentary &lt;/em&gt;points of view. Offerings and sacrifices are catalysts for the solidification of divinatory perspectives (‘paths’) that create the conditions for a certain kind of person to exist and modulate her life.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Another anthropologist with similar references is Katherine Swancutt (2006, 2012). In her monograph &lt;em&gt;Fortune and the cursed&lt;/em&gt;, she argues that Mongolian Buryat shamans adopt spirit perspectives in their oracular dealings, but that these are characterised by a combination of intersubjective and perspectival encounters (Swancutt 2012: 156). In some cases, the divinatory implements, such as cards, can be ‘hijacked’ by rival shamans resulting in a revelation of only the rival’s perspectives, imbued as they can be with witchcraft. Shamans can thus inadvertently adopt their nemesis’s &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24agency&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;agency&lt;/a&gt; and pronouncements (Swancutt 2012). ‘Buryats, then, try to control the divinatory implements so that they only &lt;em&gt;represent &lt;/em&gt;dangerous people, rather than becoming agents-cum-representations of them’: they try to avoid that divinations take on an intensive dimension and turn into outright cursing wars (Swancutt 2012: 162). Instead, they work towards more desirable outcomes such as those of ‘revising’ the clients’ views of the past (Swancutt 2012: 175). Throughout this case there is a tug of war, on the part of the officiating shaman, between representational and ontological dimensions of the divination. It also alerts us to the notion that in divination ‘things’ are not passive, but can take on life, and uncontrollably, for that matter. As Swancutt puts it, objects can ‘carry their subjects within themselves’ (2012: 161). Her work thus alerts scholars of divination to attend to the multiple potential properties of the ‘things’ used for such purposes. In the final section, I turn towards the ‘body’ as the main instrument of divination – often, in the absence of such objects. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Possession, dreams, and divining spirits&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Apart from all its cultural concepts and theorisations, divination is also a decidedly bodily thing. As Patrick Curry says, ‘the diviner’s body and everything he or she ‘physically’ performs and experiences is essential to it’ (2010: 115). This is even more so in the absence of divinatory implements or objects. Then the source of knowledge &lt;em&gt;is &lt;/em&gt;the diviner’s own bodily manifestations, born as they are from enskilment, expertise, and experience. The prime example of this is spirit possession or shamanism, where oracular pronouncements by the person are perceived to come from a source outside the possessed’s body. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eliade explains shamanism well among a Siberian community, noting that&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p class=&quot;rteindent1&quot;&gt;[t]he shaman begins by circling the yurt [tent], beating his drum; then he enters the tent and, going to the fire, invokes the deceased. Suddenly the shaman&#039;s voice changes; he begins to speak in a high pitch, in falsetto, for it is really the dead woman who is speaking (1972: 209-10).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;The shaman is ‘replaced’, somehow, by the divinatory &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17voice&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;voice&lt;/a&gt;. The idea that the dead ‘speak’ through their medium, and that this communication should be taken seriously, is arguably cross-cultural (Bubandt 2009; Lambek 1981; Placido 2001; Rasmussen 1995; Vitebsky 1993). However, these extraordinary individuals do not always lose their consciousness, as Todd Ochoa shows for Cuban Palo Monte (2007, 2013), a spirit possession practice associated with Bantu-speaking slaves. During such possession, there is sometimes no clear boundary between ‘voices’. Even outside of ritual circumstances, Kalunga, a Ba-Kongo derived term referring to the ‘sea of the dead’, may coexist with the medium’s body in varying intensities (2007: 488). According to Ochoa, Palo invites us to linger on the power of sensation and its capacity to dissolve the body’s boundaries. The sea of the dead is not constant, but something that takes one over in waves of saturation, only to recede again. Most interesting is Ochoa’s observation that the dead themselves constitute a play of forces that ‘suffuses and makes the person who lives Palo’ (2007: 488), as people also come into being by &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/21sharing&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;sharing&lt;/a&gt; the moods, pains, and sensations, as well as thoughts, of the dead. In this dynamism, one cannot wholly distinguish object from subject, matter from spirit. Neither can the bodies and biographies of mediums be separated from the oracular act itself. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24dreams&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Dreams&lt;/a&gt; are a field that is understood to be little mediated by the conscious cognition of the diviner him or herself, and thus are seen as spaces where knowledge is freely revealed, including about oneself (Hollan 2004). They are also open to anyone, including entire communities. In an article called ‘Dreams of treasure’, Charles Stewart argues that ‘dreams may be treated as exemplary moments of vision in which imaginative temporal flights fuse and create a present imbued with meaning’ (2003: 483). Stewart describes how in Naxos, Greece, people have been dreaming with the Virgin Mary who tells them about the location of lost religious idols buried in the hillside for more than a century (2003: 490-3). Dreaming revelations are not considered extraordinary in many parts of the world. Indeed, Rane Willerslev describes how, for Siberian Yukaghir elk &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/20hunt&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;hunters&lt;/a&gt;, ‘the world of dreams and that of waking life are two sides of the same reality, which together constitute &lt;em&gt;one world&lt;/em&gt;’ (2004: 410). Hunters penetrate the ‘shadow world’ to lure prey into theirs. Thus, the dream has ontological as well as premonitory effects. In African inspired cosmologies in the Caribbean, dreams may be considered places of encounter ipso facto. Karen McCarthy Brown reports on the dream of a &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/22haitianvodou&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;Haitian vodou&lt;/a&gt; priestess in New York – Mama Lola – in which a guiding spirit of the pantheon (Papa Gede) appears to answer a specific question (1993); and Diana Maitland Dean analyses the social impact of dreaming in the wider Afro-Cuban religious community (1993). These two &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/18ethno&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ethnographies&lt;/a&gt; point to critical culturally-sanctioned concepts of the self in the emergence of dream divination.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Conclusion&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Divination, as discussed in this entry, is widespread and varied. It can entail objects, consecrated or not, but it can also be bodily processes, for instance, in &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/24dreams&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;dreaming&lt;/a&gt;, or in spirit possession. Oracular cosmologies often imply a world of metaphysical processes, causality and beings, and different temporal logics, where the future is at the reach of the present. Divination also implies linguistic and discursive dexterity on the part of diviners. The anthropology of African divination systems has demonstrated that diviners are often individuals who are politically, socially, as well as cosmologically knowledgeable, and can draw on this awareness during séances. While some scholars have understood divination in terms of ‘magical thinking’, it is not generally associated with &lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/19magic&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;magic&lt;/a&gt; per se. It is a craft – a skill – that must alternatively be learned and sanctioned, and/or embodied in some way, such as with sensitives or mediums. The anthropology of divination has taken a variety of analytical routes, among which is regarding divination as an &lt;em&gt;explanatory &lt;/em&gt;drive, on the part of certain cultures. With the ‘&lt;a href=&quot;http://doi.org/10.29164/17ontology&quot; target=&quot;_blank&quot;&gt;ontological turn&lt;/a&gt;’, scholars have paid more attention to local, native concepts that promise to challenge and renew conceptions of truth, personhood, and reality as such.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;References&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Argyrou, V. 2002. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology and the will to meaning: a postcolonial critique. &lt;/em&gt;London: Pluto Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Barrett, J. 2004. &lt;em&gt;Why would anyone believe in God? &lt;/em&gt;Lanham, Md.: AltaMira Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bascom, W. 1969. &lt;em&gt;Ifa divination: communication between Gods and men in West Africa&lt;/em&gt;. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Beliso-De Jesús, A. 2015. &lt;em&gt;Electric Santería: racial and sexual assemblages of transnational religion. &lt;/em&gt;New York: Colombia University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Boyer, P. 1994. &lt;em&gt;The naturalness of religious ideas: a cognitive theory of religion. &lt;/em&gt;Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Brown, M.F. 1999. &lt;em&gt;The channeling zone: American spirituality in an anxious age. &lt;/em&gt;Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Bubandt, N. 2009. Interview with an ancestor: spirits as informants and the politics of possession in North Maluku. &lt;em&gt;Ethnography &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;10&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 291-316.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Cicero, 2007. &lt;em&gt;On Divination: Book 1 &lt;/em&gt;(ed. &amp;amp; trans. D. Wardle). Oxford: University Press&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Curry, P. 2010. Embodiment, alterity and agency: negotiating antinomies in divination. In &lt;em&gt;Divination: perspectives for a new millienium &lt;/em&gt;(ed.) P. Curry, 85-118. Abingdon, U.K.: Ashgate.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;De Boeck, F. &amp;amp; R. Devisch 1994. Ndembu, Luunda and Yaka divination compared: from representation and social engineering to embodiment and worldmaking. &lt;em&gt;Journal of Religion in Africa &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;24&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 98-133.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Eliade, M. 1972. &lt;em&gt;Shamanism: archaic techniques of ecstasy. &lt;/em&gt;Princeton: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Espírito Santo, D. 2013. Fluid divination: movement, chaos and the generation of ‘noise’ in Afro-Cuban spiritist oracular production. &lt;em&gt;Anthropology of Consciousness &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;24&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 32-56.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Evans-Pritchard, E.E. 1976 [1937]. &lt;em&gt;Witchcraft, oracles, and magic among the Azande. &lt;/em&gt;Oxford: Clarendon Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Fontein, J. 2014. ‘She appeared to be in some kind of trance’: anthropology and the question of unknowability in a criminal court. &lt;em&gt;HAU: Journal of Ethnographic Theory &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 75-103.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Greenwood, S. 2009. &lt;em&gt;The anthropology of magic. &lt;/em&gt;Oxford: Berg.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Holbraad, M. 2007. The power of powder: multiplicity and motion in the divinatory cosmology of Cuban Ifá (or mana, again). In &lt;em&gt;Thinking through things: theorising artefacts ethnographically &lt;/em&gt;(eds) A. Henare, M. Holbraad &amp;amp; S. Wastell, 189–225. London: Routledge.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2009. Definitive evidence, from Cuban gods. &lt;em&gt;The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;14&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 89-104.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2010. The whole beyond holism: gambing, divination, and ethnography in Cuba. In &lt;em&gt;Experiments in holism &lt;/em&gt;(eds) T. Otto &amp;amp; N. Bubandt, 67-85. London: Blackwell Publishing. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2012a.&lt;em&gt;Truth in motion: the recursive anthropology of Cuban divination&lt;/em&gt;. Chicago: University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2012b. Truth beyond doubt: Ifá oracles in Havana. &lt;em&gt;HAU: Journal of Ethnographic Theory &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 81-109.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Hollan, D. 2004. The anthropology of dreaming: selfscape dreams. &lt;em&gt;Dreams &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;14&lt;/strong&gt;(2-3), 170-183.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Horton, R. 1967a. African traditional thought and Western science. Part I: from tradition to science. &lt;em&gt;Africa: Journal of the International African Institute &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;37&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 50-71.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1967b. African traditional thought and Western science. &lt;em&gt;Africa: Journal of the International African Institute &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;37&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 155-187.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Kayyam Moore, O. 1957. Divination – a new perspective. &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;59&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 69-74. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lambek, M. 1981. Human spirits: a cultural account of trance in Mayotte. Cambridge: University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Lima, T. S. 2005.&lt;em&gt;Um peixe olhou para mim: o povo Yudjá e a perspectiva&lt;/em&gt;. São Paulo: UNESP.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Maitland Dean, D. 1993. Dreaming the dead: the social impact of dreams in an Afro-Cuban community. Ph.D. thesis, University of Minnesota.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;McCarthy Brown, K. 1991. &lt;em&gt;Mama Lola: a Vodou priestess in Brooklyn. &lt;/em&gt;Berkeley: University of California Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Nemeroff, C. &amp;amp; P. Rozin 2000. The makings of the magical mind: the nature and function of sympathetic magical thinking. In &lt;em&gt;Imagining the impossible: magical, scientific, and religious thinking in children &lt;/em&gt;(eds) K. S. Rosengren, C. N. Johnson &amp;amp; P. L. Harris, 1-34. New York: Cambridge University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Noory, G. &amp;amp; R. E. Guiley  2011. &lt;em&gt;Talking to the dead&lt;/em&gt;. New York: Forge Books. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Ochoa, T.R. 2007. Versions of the dead: Kalunga, Cuban-Kongo materiality, and ethnography. &lt;em&gt;Cultural Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;22&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 473-500.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Panagiotopoulos, A. 2017. When biographies cross necrographies: the exchange of ‘affinity’ in Cuba. &lt;em&gt;Ethnos &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;82&lt;/strong&gt;(5), 946-70.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2018. Food-for-words: sacrificial counterpoint and oracular articulacy in Cuba. &lt;em&gt;HAU: Journal of Ethnographic Theory &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;8&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 474-487&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Peek, P. 1991. The study of divination, present and past. In &lt;em&gt;African divination systems: ways of knowing &lt;/em&gt;(ed.) P. Peek, 1-22. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Placido, B. 2001. ‘It’s all to do with words’: an analysis of spirit possession in the Venezuelan cult of María Lionza. &lt;em&gt;The Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 207-24.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Rasmussen, S. 1995. &lt;em&gt;Spirit possession and personhood among the Kel Ewey Tuareg. &lt;/em&gt;Cambridge: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Seremetakis, N. 2009. Divination, media and the networked body of modernity. &lt;em&gt;American Ethnologist &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;36&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 337-50.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Silva, S. 2014. Mind, body and spirit in basket divination: an integrative way of knowing. &lt;em&gt;Religions&lt;/em&gt; &lt;strong&gt;5&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 1175-87.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Skultans, V. 2007. &lt;em&gt;Empathy and healing: essays in medical and narrative anthropology. &lt;/em&gt;Oxford: Berghahn.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Sperber, D. 1985. &lt;em&gt;On anthropological knowledge. &lt;/em&gt;Cambridge: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2001. Mental modularity and cultural diversity. In &lt;em&gt;The debated mind: evolutionary psychology versus ethnography &lt;/em&gt;(ed.) H. Whitehouse, 23-56. Oxford: Berg.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Stewart, C. 2003. Dreams of treasure: temporality, historization and the unconscious. &lt;em&gt;Anthropological Theory &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;3&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 481-500.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Swancutt, K. 2006. Representational vs. conjectural divination: innovating out of nothing in Mongolia. &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;12&lt;/strong&gt;, 331-53.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2012. &lt;em&gt;Fortune and the cursed: the sliding scale of time in Mongolian divination. &lt;/em&gt;Oxford: Berghahn Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Swift, P. 2012. Touching conversion: tangible transformations in a Japanese new religion. &lt;em&gt;HAU: Journal of Ethnographic Theory &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;2&lt;/strong&gt;(1), 269-88.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tambiah, S. J. 1990. &lt;em&gt;Magic, science, religion, and the scope of rationality. &lt;/em&gt;Henry Lewis Morgan Lectures. Cambridge: University Press&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Tedlock, B. 2010. Theorizing divinatory acts: the integrative discourse of dream oracles. In &lt;em&gt;Divination: perspectives for a new millenium &lt;/em&gt;(ed.) P. Curry, 11-24. Abingdon, U.K.: Ashgate.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2001. Divination as a way of knowing: embodiment, visualisation, narrative, and interpretation. &lt;em&gt;Folklore &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;112&lt;/strong&gt;, 189-97.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Thorley, A., C. Allison, P. Stapp &amp;amp; J. Wadsworth 2010. Clarifying divinatory dialogue: a proposal for a distinction between practitioner divination and essential divination. In &lt;em&gt;Divination: perspectives for a new millienium &lt;/em&gt;(ed.) P. Curry, 251-64. Abingdon, U.K.: Ashgate.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Turner, V. 1975. &lt;em&gt;Revelation and divination in Ndembu ritual&lt;/em&gt;. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wafer, J. 1991. &lt;em&gt;The taste of blood spirit possession in Brazilian Candomblé&lt;/em&gt;. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Wagner, R. 1981. &lt;em&gt;The invention of culture. &lt;/em&gt;Chicago: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Werbner, R. 2017. The poetics of wisdom divination: renewing the moral imagination. &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;23&lt;/strong&gt;(N.S.), 81-102.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 1973. The superabundance of understanding: Kalanga rhetoric and domestic divination. &lt;em&gt;American Anthropologist &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;75&lt;/strong&gt;(5), 1414–40. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Willerslev, R. 2004. Spirits as ‘ready to hand’: a phenomenological analysis of Yukaghir spiritual knowledge and dreaming. &lt;em&gt;Anthropological Theory &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4&lt;/strong&gt;(4), 395-418.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Vitebsky, P. 1993. &lt;em&gt;Dialogues with the dead: the discussion of mortality among the Sora of Eastern India. &lt;/em&gt;Cambridge: University Press.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Viveiros de Castro, E. 1998. Cosmological deixis and Amerindian perspectivism. &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;4&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 469-88.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2004. Exchanging perspectives: the transformation of objects into subjects in Amerindian ontologies. &lt;em&gt;Common Knowledge &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;10&lt;/strong&gt;(3), 463-84.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2012. &lt;em&gt;Cosmological perspectivism in Amazonia and elsewhere: four lectures given in the Department of Social Anthropology, Cambridge University, February-March 1998. &lt;/em&gt;HAU Masterclass Series, vol.1. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Von Franz, M-L. 1980. &lt;em&gt;On divination and sychronicity: the psychology of meaningful chance: studies in Jungian psychology&lt;/em&gt;. Toronto: Inner City Books.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Zeitlyn, D. 2001. Finding meaning in the text: the process of interpretation in text-based divination. &lt;em&gt;Journal of the Royal Anthropological Institute &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;7&lt;/strong&gt;(2), 225-40.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;——— 2012. Divinatory logics: diagnoses and predictions mediating outcomes. &lt;em&gt;Current Anthropology &lt;/em&gt;&lt;strong&gt;53&lt;/strong&gt;(5), 525-46.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;h2&gt;&lt;strong&gt;Note on contributor&lt;/strong&gt;&lt;/h2&gt;
&lt;p&gt;Diana Espírito Santo is a social anthropologist teaching at Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile. She obtained her PhD at University College London in 2008, working with Cuban spirit mediums on concepts of self and knowledge. For her postdoctoral fellowship in Lisbon, she worked on cosmological plasticity and religious change in Brazilian Umbanda, and is currently developing a project on ontologies of evidence in Chilean parapsychology.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;em&gt;Dr. Diana Espírito Santo, Programa de Antropología, Pontificia Universidad Católica de Chile, Vicuña MacKenna 4860, 782-0436, Santiago, Chile. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;a&gt;&lt;em&gt;gimmefish@yahoo.com&lt;/em&gt;&lt;/a&gt;&lt;em&gt;. &lt;/em&gt;&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;div&gt;
&lt;hr align=&quot;left&quot; size=&quot;1&quot; width=&quot;33%&quot; /&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn1&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref1&quot; name=&quot;_ftn1&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn1&quot;&gt;[1]&lt;/a&gt; Diviners are people who practiced divination and have the capacity to interpret the results; they do not necessarily have special powers. Shamans, while they can also practice divination, are considered intermediaries of sorts between worlds, and in most cases can fall into trance states. &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn2&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref2&quot; name=&quot;_ftn2&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn2&quot;&gt;[2]&lt;/a&gt; Channelers are people who speak for non-physical beings or spirits, whereas ‘sensitives’, sometimes also called ‘intuitives’, are those who have increased susceptibilities for stimulation of the sensorial kind, often feeling things in their bodies – pains, emotions, spirits in the environment.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn3&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref3&quot; name=&quot;_ftn3&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn3&quot;&gt;[3]&lt;/a&gt; Not all anthropologists regard divination as something irrational. Indeed, David Zeitlyn speaks of ‘divinatory logics’ with diagnostic and prognostic implications (2012).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn4&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref4&quot; name=&quot;_ftn4&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn4&quot;&gt;[4]&lt;/a&gt; Scapulmancy is divination by means of the observation of the cracks in an animal cadaver’s shoulder-blade, when heated by fire or another instrument.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn5&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref5&quot; name=&quot;_ftn5&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn5&quot;&gt;[5]&lt;/a&gt;&lt;em&gt; I Ching &lt;/em&gt;is also known as ‘Book of changes’, and is a classic Chinese divination text dating from around 1000 BC. The &lt;em&gt;I Ching &lt;/em&gt;uses cleromancy, which relies on the generation of random numbers. Consultants will throw coins or another object, and generate a hexagram with six numbers between 6 and 9, and then look up its meaning in the book.&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;div id=&quot;ftn6&quot;&gt;
&lt;p&gt;&lt;a href=&quot;#_ftnref6&quot; name=&quot;_ftn6&quot; title=&quot;&quot; id=&quot;_ftn6&quot;&gt;[6]&lt;/a&gt; Holbraad is here inspired by both Roy Wagner’s &lt;em&gt;The invention of culture &lt;/em&gt;(1981)&lt;em&gt;, &lt;/em&gt;and Eduardo Viveiros de Castro’s take on Amazonian perspectivism – the idea that the point of view makes the subject (Viveiros de Castro 1998, 2012; see also Lima 2005).&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;p&gt; &lt;/p&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;
&lt;/div&gt;</description>
 <pubDate>Thu, 04 Apr 2019 12:54:34 +0000</pubDate>
 <dc:creator>Felix Stein</dc:creator>
 <guid isPermaLink="false">532 at https://www.anthroencyclopedia.com</guid>
</item>
</channel>
</rss>
